HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
N-1A, 1995-05-18
Previous: HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO, N-18F1, 1995-05-18
Next: AMERICAN CAPITAL RESERVE FUND INC, PRE 14A, 1995-05-19



<PAGE>







            As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 18, 1995
                                                              File No. 811-07289




                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


                                      FORM N-1A


                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                          THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940     [X]


                           HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                           --------------------------------
                  (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)


                                  24 Federal Street
                             Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                             ----------------------------
                       (Address of Principal Executive Offices)


          Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 482-8260
                                                                    --------    


                                     Thomas Otis
                    24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                    ----------------------------------------------
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)
<PAGE>






                                  EXPLANATORY NOTE

              This Registration Statement has been filed by the Registrant
     pursuant to Section 8(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
     amended.  However, interests in the Registrant are not being registered
     under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), because
     such interests will be issued solely in private placement transactions
     that do not involve any "public offering" within the meaning of Section
     4(2) of the 1933 Act.  Investments in the Registrant may be made only by
     U.S. and foreign investment companies, common or commingled trust funds,
     or similar organizations or entities that are "accredited investors"
     within the meaning of Regulation D under the 1933 Act.  This Registration
     Statement does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an
     offer to buy, any interest in the Registrant.
<PAGE>






                                       PART A 

              Responses to Items 1 through 3 and 5A have been omitted pursuant
     to Paragraph 4 of Instruction F of the General Instructions to Form N-1A.

     ITEM 4.  GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT

              High Yield Municipals Portfolio (the "Portfolio") is a non-
     diversified, open-end management investment company which was organized as
     a trust under the laws of the State of New York on May 1, 1995.  Interests
     in the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement transactions that
     do not involve any "public offering" within the meaning of Section 4(2) of
     the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act").  Investments in
     the Portfolio may be made only by U.S. and foreign investment companies,
     common or commingled trust funds, or similar organizations or entities
     that are "accredited investors" within the meaning of Regulation D under
     the 1933 Act.  This Registration Statement does not constitute an offer to
     sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, any "security" within the
     meaning of the 1933 Act.

              The Portfolio's investment objective is to provide high current
     income exempt from regular federal income tax.  The Portfolio seeks its
     objective through investments in a portfolio of high-yielding, below
     investment grade securities.  The investment objective and policies of the
     Portfolio may be changed by the Trustees without a vote of the investors
     in the Portfolio; as a matter of policy, the Trustees would not materially
     change the Portfolio's investment objective without investor approval. 
     The Portfolio may not be appropriate for investors who cannot assume the
     greater risk of capital depreciation or loss inherent in seeking higher
     tax-exempt yields.

              THE PORTFOLIO MAY INVEST UP TO 100% OF ITS ASSETS IN BELOW
     INVESTMENT GRADE MUNICIPAL BONDS, COMMONLY KNOWN AS "JUNK BONDS", THAT
     ENTAIL GREATER RISKS, INCLUDING DEFAULT, THAN THOSE OF HIGHER-RATED
     SECURITIES.  SEE "HOW THE PORTFOLIO INVESTS ITS ASSETS."

              Additional information about the investment policies of the
     Portfolio appears in Part B.  The Portfolio is not intended to be a
     complete investment program, and a prospective investor should take into
     account its objectives and other investments when considering the purchase
     of an interest in the Portfolio.  The Portfolio cannot assure achievement
     of its investment objective.

     HOW THE PORTFOLIO INVESTS ITS ASSETS
              The Portfolio invests primarily in below investment grade
     municipal obligations that Boston Management and Research (the "Investment
     Adviser" or "BMR") believes do not entail undue risk.  

              "Below investment grade" municipal obligations are obligations
     that are rated Ba or lower by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's")
     or BB or lower by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group ("S&P") or Fitch
     Investors Service, Inc. ("Fitch") or that are unrated but determined by

                                         A-1
<PAGE>






     the Investment Adviser to be of comparable quality.  For a description of
     the ratings assigned by the rating agencies, see the Appendix to this Part
     A.  Below investment grade municipal obligations generally offer higher
     current yields than do higher rated securities, but are subject to greater
     risks.  Securities in the lower-rated categories are considered to be of
     poor standing and predominantly speculative.  The Portfolio may also
     invest a portion of its assets in municipal obligations that are not
     paying current income in anticipation of possible future income.  For more
     detailed information about the risks associated with investing in such
     securities, see "Risk Considerations" below.

              Although the Portfolio may invest in securities of any maturity,
     it is expected that the Portfolio will normally invest a substantial
     portion of its assets in securities with maturities of ten years or more. 
     Those securities generally offer higher yields than securities of shorter
     maturities, but are subject to greater fluctuations in value in response
     to changes in interest rates.  Because the Portfolio's objective is to
     provide high current income, the Portfolio will invest in municipal
     obligations with an emphasis on income and not on stability of the
     Portfolio's net asset value.  The average maturity of the Portfolio's
     holdings may vary (generally between 15 and 30 years) depending on
     anticipated market conditions.

              The Portfolio will normally invest at least 65% of its assets in
     investment grade and below investment grade municipal obligations.  As a
     matter of fundamental policy, the Portfolio will normally invest at least
     80% of its assets in debt obligations issued by or on behalf of states,
     territories and possessions of the United States, and the District of
     Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities,
     the interest on which is, in the opinion of bond counsel, exempt from
     regular federal income tax.  

              At times, the Portfolio may, for temporary defensive purposes,
     invest any portion of its assets in higher-rated municipal obligations or
     other securities, the interest on which may not be exempt from regular
     federal income tax, and may hold any portion of its assets in cash.   It
     is impossible to predict when, or for how long, the Portfolio would engage
     in such strategies.

     MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS.  Municipal obligations include bonds, notes and
     commercial paper issued by a municipality for a wide variety of both
     public and private purposes, the interest on which is, in the opinion of
     bond counsel, exempt from regular federal income tax.  Public purpose
     municipal bonds include general obligation bonds and revenue bonds. 
     General obligation bonds are backed by the taxing power of the issuing
     municipality.  Revenue bonds are backed by the revenues of a project or
     facility.  Municipal notes include bond anticipation, tax anticipation,
     revenue anticipation, and construction loan notes.  Bond, tax and revenue
     anticipation notes are short-term obligations that will be retired with
     the proceeds of an anticipated bond issue, tax revenue or facility
     revenue, respectively.  Construction loan notes are short-term obligations
     that will be retired with the proceeds of long-term mortgage financing.  

                                         A-2
<PAGE>






              DISTRIBUTIONS TO CORPORATE INVESTORS OF INTEREST INCOME FROM
     CERTAIN TYPES OF MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS MAY BE SUBJECT TO FEDERAL
     ALTERNATIVE MINIMUM TAX.  Such obligations will not be included in the
     securities used to determine the Portfolio's compliance with the 80% test
     described above.  

     CONCENTRATION.  The Portfolio may invest 25% or more of its assets in
     municipal obligations of issuers located in the same state or in municipal
     obligations of the same type, including, without limitation, the
     following: general obligations of states and localities; lease rental
     obligations of state and local authorities; obligations of state and local
     housing finance authorities, municipal utilities systems or public housing
     authorities; obligations for hospitals or life care facilities; or
     industrial development or pollution control bonds issued for electric
     utility systems, steel companies, paper companies or other purposes.  This
     may make the Portfolio more susceptible to adverse economic, political or
     regulatory occurrences affecting a particular category of issuer.  For
     example, health care-related issuers are susceptible to medicaid
     reimbursement policies, and national and state health care legislation. 
     As the Portfolio's concentration in the securities of a particular
     category of issuer increases, so does the potential for fluctuation in the
     net asset value of the Portfolio's interests.

     NON-DIVERSIFIED STATUS.  The Portfolio's classification under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") as a "non-diversified"
     investment company allows it to invest, with respect to 50% of its assets,
     more than 5% (but not more than 25%) of its assets in the securities of
     any issuer.  The Portfolio is likely to invest a greater percentage of its
     assets in the securities of a single issuer than would a diversified fund. 
     Therefore, the Portfolio will be more susceptible to any single adverse
     economic or political occurrence or other adverse development affecting
     certain issuers.

     OTHER INVESTMENT PRACTICES
              The Portfolio may engage in the following other investment
     practices, some of which may be considered "derivative" instruments
     because they derive their value from another instrument, security or
     index.

     WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES.  The Portfolio may purchase securities on a
     "when-issued" basis, which means that payment and delivery occur on a
     future settlement date.  The price and yield of such securities are
     generally fixed on the date of commitment to purchase.  However, the
     market value of the securities may fluctuate prior to delivery and upon
     delivery the securities may be worth more or less than the Portfolio
     agreed to pay for them.  The Portfolio may also purchase instruments that
     give the Portfolio the option to purchase a municipal obligation when and
     if issued.

     INVERSE FLOATERS.  The Portfolio may invest in municipal securities whose
     interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on
     another security or the value of an index ("inverse floaters").  An

                                         A-3
<PAGE>






     investment in inverse floaters may involve greater risk than an investment
     in a fixed rate bond.  Because changes in the interest rate on the other
     security or index inversely affect the residual interest paid on the
     inverse floater, the value of an inverse floater is generally more
     volatile than that of a fixed rate bond.  Inverse floaters have interest
     rate adjustment formulas which generally reduce or, in the extreme,
     eliminate the interest paid to the Portfolio when short-term interest
     rates rise, and increase the interest paid to the Portfolio when
     short-term interest rates fall.  Inverse floaters have varying degrees of
     liquidity, and the market for these securities is new and relatively
     volatile.  These securities tend to underperform the market for fixed rate
     bonds in a rising interest rate environment, but tend to outperform the
     market for fixed rate bonds when interest rates decline.  Shifts in long-
     term interest rates may alter this tendency, however.  Although volatile,
     inverse floaters typically offer the potential for yields exceeding the
     yields available on fixed rate bonds with comparable credit quality and
     maturity.  These securities usually permit the investor to convert the
     floating rate to a fixed rate (normally adjusted downward), and this
     optional conversion feature may provide a partial hedge against rising
     interest rates if exercised at an opportune time.  Inverse floaters are
     leveraged because they provide two or more dollars of bond market exposure
     for every dollar invested.  As a matter of operating policy, the Portfolio
     currently may invest up to 7.5% of its net assets in inverse floaters.

     FUTURES TRANSACTIONS.  The Portfolio may purchase and sell various kinds
     of financial futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against
     changes in interest rates and to enhance total return by using a futures
     position as a lower cost substitute for a securities position.  The
     futures contracts may be based on various debt securities (such as U.S.
     Government securities), securities indices (such as the Municipal Bond
     Index traded on the Chicago Board of Trade) and other financial
     instruments and indices.  Such transactions involve a risk of loss or
     depreciation due to unanticipated adverse changes in securities prices,
     which may exceed the Portfolio's initial investment in these contracts. 
     The Portfolio may not purchase or sell futures contracts or related
     options, except for closing purchase or sale transactions, if immediately
     thereafter the sum of the amount of margin deposits and premiums paid on
     the Portfolio's outstanding positions would exceed 5% of the market value
     of the Portfolio's net assets.  Nonetheless, at least 80% of the
     Portfolio's assets will be invested in municipal obligations.  These
     transactions involve transaction costs.  To the extent that the Portfolio
     enters into futures contracts and options thereon traded on an exchange
     regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, in each case that
     are not for BONA FIDE hedging purposes (as defined by the CFTC), the
     aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish these
     positions (excluding the amount by which options are "in-the-money") may
     not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Portfolio's portfolio, after
     taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any
     contracts the Portfolio has entered into.  There can be no assurance that
     the Investment Adviser's use of futures will be advantageous to the
     Portfolio.  Distributions by the Fund of any gains realized on the


                                         A-4
<PAGE>






     Portfolio's transactions in futures and options on futures will be
     taxable.

     RISK CONSIDERATIONS
              Investors should carefully consider their ability to assume the
     risks of owning interests of a mutual fund that invests in below
     investment grade municipal obligations (sometimes referred to as "junk
     bonds") before making an investment in the Portfolio.  The lower ratings
     of certain securities held by the Portfolio reflect a greater possibility
     that adverse changes in the financial condition of an issuer, or in
     general economic conditions, or both, or an unanticipated rise in interest
     rates, may impair the ability of the issuer to make payments of interest
     and principal.  The inability (or perceived inability) of issuers to make
     timely payment of interest and principal would likely make the values of
     securities held by the Portfolio more volatile and could limit the
     Portfolio's ability to sell its securities at prices approximating the
     values the Portfolio has placed on such securities.  It is possible that
     legislation may be adopted in the future limiting the ability of certain
     financial institutions to purchase such securities; such legislation may
     adversely affect the liquidity of such securities.  In the absence of a
     liquid trading market for securities held by it, the Portfolio may be
     unable at times to establish the fair market value of such securities. 
     The rating assigned to a security by a rating agency does not reflect an
     assessment of the volatility of the security's market value or of the
     liquidity of an investment in the securities.  Credit ratings are based
     largely on the issuer's historical financial condition and the rating
     agency's investment analysis at the timing of rating, and the rating
     assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a reflection of the
     issuer's current financial condition.  Credit quality in the high yield,
     high risk municipal bond market can change from time to time, and recently
     issued credit ratings may not fully reflect the actual risks posed by a
     particular high yield security.

              THE NET ASSET VALUE OF THE PORTFOLIO WILL CHANGE IN RESPONSE TO
     FLUCTUATIONS IN PREVAILING INTEREST RATES AND CHANGES IN THE VALUE OF THE
     SECURITIES HELD BY THE PORTFOLIO.  When interest rates decline, the value
     of securities already held by the Portfolio can be expected to rise. 
     Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of existing portfolio
     security holdings can be expected to decline.  Changes in the credit
     quality of issuers of municipal obligations held by the Portfolio will
     affect the principal value (and possibly the income earned) on such
     obligations.  In addition, the values of such securities are affected by
     changes in general economic conditions and business conditions affecting
     the specific industries of their issuers.  Changes by recognized rating
     services in their ratings of any fixed-income security and in the ability
     of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect
     the value of these investments.  The Portfolio will not dispose of a
     security solely because its rating is reduced below its rating at the time
     of purchase, although the Investment Adviser will monitor the investment
     to determine whether continued investment in the security will assist in
     meeting the Portfolio's investment objective.  


                                         A-5
<PAGE>






              At times, a substantial portion of the Portfolio's assets may be
     invested in securities as to which the Portfolio, by itself or together
     with other accounts managed by the Investment Adviser and its affiliates,
     holds a major portion or all of such securities.  Under adverse market or
     economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial
     condition of the issuer, the Portfolio could find it more difficult to
     sell such securities when the Investment Adviser believes it advisable to
     do so or may be able to sell such securities only at prices lower than if
     such securities were more widely held.  Under such circumstances, it may
     also be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for
     purposes of computing the Portfolio's net asset value.  Interest and/or
     principal payments on securities in default could be in arrears when such
     securities are acquired, and the issuer may be in bankruptcy or undergoing
     a debt restructuring or reorganization.  In order to enforce its rights in
     the event of a default under such securities, the Portfolio may be
     required to take possession of and manage assets securing the issuer's
     obligations on such securities, which may increase the Portfolio's
     operating expenses and adversely affect the Portfolio's net asset value. 
     Any income derived from the Portfolio's ownership or operation of such
     assets may not be tax-exempt.

              The secondary market for such municipal obligations in which the
     Portfolio may invest is less liquid than that for many taxable debt
     obligations or other more widely traded municipal obligations.  The
     Portfolio will not invest in illiquid securities if more than 15% of its
     net assets would be invested in securities not readily marketable.  No
     established resale market exists for certain of the municipal obligations
     in which the Portfolio may invest.  As a result, the Portfolio may be
     unable to dispose of some of these municipal obligations at times when it
     would otherwise wish to do to at the prices at which they are valued.

              Certain securities held by the Portfolio may permit the issuer at
     its option to "call", or redeem, its securities.  If an issuer were to
     redeem securities held by the Portfolio during a time of declining
     interest rates, the Portfolio may not be able to reinvest the proceeds in
     securities providing the same investment return as the securities
     redeemed.

              Some of the securities in which the Portfolio invests may include
     so-called "zero-coupon" bonds, whose values are subject to greater
     fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds
     which pay interest currently.  Zero-coupon bonds are issued at a
     significant discount from face value and pay interest only at maturity
     rather than at intervals during the life of the security.  The Portfolio
     is required to accrue and distribute income from zero-coupon bonds on a
     current basis, even though it does not receive that income currently in
     cash.  Thus, the Portfolio may have to sell other investments to obtain
     cash needed to make income distributions.

              The Portfolio may invest in municipal leases, and participations
     in municipal leases.  The obligations of the issuer to meet its
     obligations under such leases is often subject to the appropriation by the

                                         A-6
<PAGE>






     appropriate legislative body, on an annual or other basis, to appropriate
     funds for the payment of the obligations.  Investments in municipal leases
     are thus subject to the risk that the legislative body will not make the
     necessary appropriation and the issuer will not otherwise be willing or
     able to meet its obligations.

              The Investment Adviser seeks to minimize the risks of investing
     in below investment grade securities through professional investment
     analysis and attention to current developments in interest rates and
     economic conditions.  When the Portfolio invests in such municipal
     obligations, the achievement of the Portfolio's goals is more dependent on
     the Investment Adviser's ability than would be the case if the Portfolio
     were investing in municipal obligations in the higher rating categories. 
     The amount of information about the financial conditions of an issuer of
     municipal obligations may not be as extensive as that which is made
     available by corporations whose securities are publicly traded.

     INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS.  The Portfolio has adopted certain fundamental
     investment restrictions which are enumerated in detail in Part B and which
     may not be changed unless authorized by an investor vote.  Except for such
     enumerated restrictions and as otherwise indicated in this Part A, the
     investment objective and policies of the Portfolio are not fundamental
     policies and accordingly may be changed by the Trustees without obtaining
     the approval of the investors in the Portfolio.  The Portfolio's investors
     will receive written notice thirty days prior to any change in the
     investment objective of the Portfolio.  If any changes were made, the
     Portfolio might have investment objectives different from the objectives
     which an investor considered appropriate at the time of its initial
     investment.
























                                         A-7
<PAGE>






     ITEM 5.  MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO

              The Portfolio was organized as a trust under the laws of the
     State of New York on May 1, 1995.  The Portfolio intends to comply with
     all applicable federal and state securities laws.

              INVESTMENT ADVISER.  The Portfolio engages BMR, a wholly-owned
     subsidiary of Eaton Vance Management ("Eaton Vance"), as its investment
     adviser.  Eaton Vance, its affiliates and its predecessor companies have
     been managing assets of individuals and institutions since 1924 and
     managing investment companies since 1931.

              Acting under the general supervision of the Board of Trustees,
     BMR manages the Portfolio's investments and affairs.  Under its investment
     advisory agreement with the Portfolio, BMR receives a monthly advisory fee
     equal to the aggregate of:

              (a)     a daily asset-based fee computed by applying the annual
                      asset rate applicable to that portion of the total daily
                      net assets in each Category as indicated below, plus

              (b)     a daily income-based fee computed by applying the daily
                      income rate applicable to that portion of the total daily
                      gross income (which portion shall bear the sam
     e relationship to the total daily gross income on such day as that portion
     of the total daily net assets in the same Category bears to the total
     daily net assets on such day) in each Category as indicated below:
     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>

     <S>           <C>                                   <C>             <C>
                                                         Annual          Daily
                                                         Asset           Income
     Category  Daily Net Assets                          Rate            Rate
     --------  ----------------                          -----           ------

     1         Up to $500 million                        0.400%          4.00%
     2         $500 million but less than $1 billion     0.375%          3.75%
     3         $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion     0.350%          3.50%
     4         $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion     0.325%          3.25%
     5         $2 billion but less than $3 billion       0.300%          3.00%
     6         $3 billion and over                       0.275%          2.75%


     </TABLE>

              BMR also furnishes for the use of the Portfolio office space and
     all necessary office facilities, equipment and personnel for servicing the
     investments of the Portfolio.  The Portfolio is responsible for the
     payment of all expenses other than those expressly stated to be payable by
     BMR under the investment advisory agreement.


                                         A-8
<PAGE>






              Thomas M. Metzold has acted as the portfolio manager of the
     Portfolio since it commenced operations.  He has been a Vice President of
     Eaton Vance since 1991 and of BMR since 1992, and an employee of Eaton
     Vance since 1987.   

              Municipal obligations are normally traded on a net basis (without
     commission) through broker-dealers and banks acting for their own account. 
     Such firms attempt to profit from such transactions by buying at the bid
     price and selling at the higher asked price of the market, and the
     difference is customarily referred to as the spread.  In selecting firms
     which will execute portfolio transactions, BMR judges their professional
     ability and quality of service and uses its best efforts to obtain
     execution at prices which are advantageous to the Portfolio and at
     reasonably competitive spreads.  Subject to the foregoing, BMR may
     consider sales of shares of other investment companies sponsored by BMR or
     Eaton Vance as a factor in the selection of firms to execute portfolio
     transactions.

              BMR or Eaton Vance acts as investment adviser to investment
     companies and various individual and institutional clients with assets
     under management of approximately $15 billion.  Eaton Vance is a
     wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance Corp., a publicly held holding
     company.  Eaton Vance Corp., through its subsidiaries and affiliates,
     engages in investment management and marketing activities, fiduciary and
     banking services, oil and gas operations, real estate investment,
     consulting and management, and development of precious metals properties.

     ITEM 6.  CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York and intends to be treated as a partnership for federal tax
     purposes.  Under the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees are authorized to
     issue interests in the Portfolio.  Each investor is entitled to a vote in
     proportion to the amount of its investment in the Portfolio.  Investments
     in the Portfolio may not be transferred, but an investor may withdraw all
     or any portion of its investment at any time at net asset value. 
     Investors in the Portfolio will each be liable for all obligations of the
     Portfolio.  However, the risk of an investor in the Portfolio incurring
     financial loss on account of such liability is limited to circumstances in
     which both inadequate insurance exists and the Portfolio itself is unable
     to meet its obligations.

              The Declaration of Trust provides that the Portfolio will
     terminate 120 days after the complete withdrawal of any investor in the
     Portfolio unless either the remaining investors, by unanimous vote at a
     meeting of such investors, or a majority of the Trustees of the Portfolio,
     by written instrument consented to by all investors, agree to continue the
     business of the Portfolio.  This provision is consistent with the
     treatment of the Portfolio as a partnership for federal income tax
     purposes.



                                         A-9
<PAGE>






              Investments in the Portfolio have no preemptive or conversion
     rights and are fully paid and nonassessable by the Portfolio, except as
     set forth above.  The Portfolio is not required and has no current
     intention to hold annual meetings of investors, but the Portfolio may hold
     special meetings of investors when in the judgment of the Trustees it is
     necessary or desirable to submit matters for an investor vote.  Changes in
     fundamental policies or restrictions will be submitted to  investors for
     approval.  The investment objective and all nonfundamental investment
     policies of the Portfolio may be changed by the Trustees of the Portfolio
     without obtaining the approval of the investors in the Portfolio. 
     Investors have under certain circumstances (e.g., upon application and
     submission of certain specified documents to the Trustees by a specified
     number of investors) the right to communicate with other investors in
     connection with requesting a meeting of investors for the purpose of
     removing one or more Trustees.  Any Trustee may be removed by the
     affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds of the interest in the
     Portfolio.

              Information regarding pooled investment entities or funds which
     invest in the Portfolio may be obtained by contacting Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc., 24 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110 (617) 482-8260. 
     Smaller investors in the Portfolio may be adversely affected by the
     actions of larger investors in the Portfolio.  For example, if a large
     investor withdraws from the Portfolio, the remaining investors may
     experience higher pro rata operating expenses, thereby producing lower
     returns.  Additionally, the Portfolio may become less diverse, resulting
     in increased portfolio risk, and experience decreasing economies of scale. 
     However, this possibility exists as well for historically structured funds
     which have large or institutional investors.

              As of May 15, 1995, BMR controlled the Portfolio by virtue of
     owning more than 98% of the outstanding voting securities of the
     Portfolio.

              The Portfolio's net asset value is determined each day on which
     the New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange") is open for trading
     ("Portfolio Business Day").  This determination is made each Portfolio
     Business Day as of the close of regular trading on the Exchange (currently
     4:00 p.m., New York time) (the "Portfolio Valuation Time").

              Each investor in the Portfolio may add to or reduce its
     investment in the Portfolio on each Portfolio Business Day as of the
     Portfolio Valuation Time.  The value of each investor's interest in the
     Portfolio will be determined by multiplying the net asset value of the
     Portfolio by the percentage, determined on the prior Portfolio Business
     Day, which represents that investor's share of the aggregate interest in
     the Portfolio on such prior day.  Any additions or withdrawals for the
     current Portfolio Business Day will then be recorded.  Each investor's
     percentage of the aggregate interest in the Portfolio will then be
     recomputed as a percentage equal to a fraction (i) the numerator of which
     is the value of such investor's investment in the Portfolio as of the
     Portfolio Valuation Time on the prior Portfolio Business Day plus or

                                         A-10
<PAGE>






     minus, as the case may be, the amount of any additions to or withdrawals
     from the investor's investment in the Portfolio on the current Portfolio
     Business Day and (ii) the denominator of which is the aggregate net asset
     value of the Portfolio as of the Portfolio Valuation Time on the prior
     Portfolio Business Day plus or minus, as the case may be, the amount of
     the net additions to or withdrawals from the aggregate investment in the
     Portfolio on the current Portfolio Business Day by all investors in the
     Portfolio.  The percentage so determined will then be applied to determine
     the value of the investor's interest in the Portfolio for the current
     Portfolio Business Day.

              The Portfolio will allocate at least annually among its investors
     its net taxable (if any) and tax-exempt investment income, net realized
     capital gains, and any other items of income, gain, loss, deduction or
     credit.  The Portfolio's net investment income consists of all income
     accrued on the Portfolio's assets, less all actual and accrued expenses of
     the Portfolio, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
     principles.

              Under the anticipated method of operation of the Portfolio, the
     Portfolio will not be subject to any federal income tax.  (See Part B,
     Item 20.)  However, each investor in the Portfolio will take into account
     its allocable share of the Portfolio's ordinary income and capital gain in
     determining its federal income tax liability; and each such investor that
     intends to qualify as a regulated investment company also will take into
     account its share of the Portfolio's tax-exempt income.  The determination
     of each such share will be made in accordance with the governing
     instruments of the Portfolio which are intended to comply with the
     requirements of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

              It is intended that the Portfolio's assets and income will be
     managed in such a way that an investor in the Portfolio which seeks to
     qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code will be able to
     satisfy the requirements for such qualification.

     ITEM 7.  PURCHASE OF INTERESTS IN THE PORTFOLIO

              Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve any "public offering" within the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act.  See "General Description of Registrant"
     above.

              An investment in the Portfolio will be made without a sales load. 
     All investments received by the Portfolio will be effected as of the next
     Portfolio Valuation Time.  The net asset value of the Portfolio is
     determined at the Portfolio Valuation Time on each Portfolio Business Day. 
     The Portfolio will be closed for business and will not determine its net
     asset value on the following business holidays: New Year's Day,
     Presidents' Day, Good Friday (a New York Stock Exchange holiday), Memorial
     Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  The
     Portfolio's net asset value is computed in accordance with procedures
     established by the Portfolio's Trustees.

                                         A-11
<PAGE>






              The Portfolio's net asset value is determined by Investors Bank &
     Trust Company (as custodian and agent for the Portfolio) in the manner
     authorized by the Trustees of the Portfolio.  The net asset value is
     computed by subtracting the liabilities of the Portfolio from the value of
     its total assets.  Inasmuch as the market for municipal obligations is a
     dealer market with no central trading location or continuous quotation
     system, it is not feasible to obtain last transaction prices for most
     municipal obligations held by the Portfolio, and such obligations,
     including those purchased on a when-issued basis, will normally be valued
     on the basis of valuations furnished by a pricing service.  The pricing
     service uses information with respect to transactions in bonds, quotations
     from bond dealers, market transactions in comparable securities, various
     relationships between securities, and yield to maturity in determining
     value.  Taxable obligations for which price quotations are readily
     available normally will be valued at the mean between the latest available
     bid and asked prices.  Open futures positions on debt securities are
     valued at the most recent settlement prices, unless such price does not
     reflect the fair value of the contract, in which case the positions will
     be valued by or at the direction of the Trustees.  Other assets are valued
     at fair value using methods determined in good faith by or at the
     discretion of the Trustees.  For further information regarding the
     valuation of the Portfolio's assets, see Part B.

              There is no minimum initial or subsequent investment in the
     Portfolio.  The Portfolio reserves the right to cease accepting
     investments at any time or to reject any investment order.

              The placement agent for the Portfolio is Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD").  The principal business address of EVD is 24
     Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.  EVD receives no compensation
     for serving as the placement agent for the Portfolio.

     ITEM 8.  REDEMPTION OR DECREASE OF INTEREST

              An investor in the Portfolio may withdraw all (redeem) or any
     portion (decrease) of its interest in the Portfolio if a withdrawal
     request in proper form is furnished by the investor to the Portfolio.  All
     withdrawals will be effected as of the next Portfolio Valuation Time.  The
     proceeds of a withdrawal will be paid by the Portfolio normally on the
     Portfolio Business Day the withdrawal is effected, but in any event within
     seven days.  The Portfolio reserves the right to pay the proceeds of a
     withdrawal (whether a redemption or decrease) by a distribution in kind of
     portfolio securities (instead of cash).  The securities so distributed
     would be valued at the same amount as that assigned to them in calculating
     the net asset value for the interest (whether complete or partial) being
     withdrawn.  If an investor received a distribution in kind upon such
     withdrawal, the investor could incur brokerage and other charges in
     converting the securities to cash.  The Portfolio has filed with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a notification of
     election on Form N-18F-1 committing to pay in cash all requests for
     withdrawals by any investor, limited in amount with respect to such


                                         A-12
<PAGE>






     investor during any 90 day period to the lesser of (a) $250,000 or (b) 1%
     of the net asset value of the Portfolio at the beginning of such period.

              Investments in the Portfolio may not be transferred.

              The right of any investor to receive payment with respect to any
     withdrawal may be suspended or the payment of the withdrawal proceeds
     postponed during any period in which the Exchange is closed (other than
     weekends or holidays) or trading on the Exchange is restricted or, to the
     extent otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act, if an emergency exists, or
     during any other period permitted by order of the Commission for the
     protection of investors.

     ITEM 9.  PENDING LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     Not applicable.





































                                         A-13
<PAGE>






                                       APPENDIX

                          Description of Securities Ratings+

                           Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
     MUNICIPAL BONDS

     Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They
     carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to
     as "gilt edged."  Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
     exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.  While the various
     protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be
     visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position
     of such issues.

     Aa: Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
     standards.  Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally
     known as high grade bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds
     because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or
     fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there
     may be other elements present which make the long term risk appear
     somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

     A: Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes
     and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations.  Factors
     giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but
     elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment
     sometime in the future.

     Baa: Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations
     (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured).  Interest
     payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but
     certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically
     unreliable over any great length of time.  Such bonds lack outstanding
     investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
     well.

     Ba: Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
     their future cannot be considered as well assured.  Often the protection
     of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not
     well safeguarded during other good and bad times over the future. 
     Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

     B: Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
     investment.  Assurance of interest and principal payments or of
     maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time
     may be small.

     ---------------
     + The ratings indicated herein are believed to be the most recent ratings
     available at the date of this Registration Statement for the securities
     listed.  Ratings are generally given to securities at the time of

                                         a-1
<PAGE>






     issuance.  While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such
     ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so, and the ratings indicated
     do not necessarily represent ratings which would be given to these
     securities on the date of the Portfolio's fiscal year end.


     Caa: Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such issues may be
     in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to
     principal or interest.

     Ca: Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative
     in a high degree.  Such issues are often in default or have other marked
     shortcomings.

     C: Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues
     so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever
     attaining any real investment standing.

                           STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS GROUP
     INVESTMENT GRADE

     AAA: Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P.  Capacity to
     pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

     AA: Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and differs
     from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

     A: Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal
     although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes
     in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated
     categories.

     BBB: Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay
     interest and repay principal.  Whereas it normally exhibit adequate
     protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing
     circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay
     interest and repay principal for debt in this category than in higher
     rated categories.

     SPECULATIVE GRADE

     Debt rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C is regarded as having predominantly
     speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and
     repay principal.  BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the
     highest.  While such debt will likely have some quality and protective
     characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major
     exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB: Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other
     speculative issues.  However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or
     exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which
     could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal

                                         a-2
<PAGE>






     payments.  The BB rating category is also used for debt subordinated to
     senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB-  rating.

     B: Debt rated B has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has
     the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments.  Adverse
     business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or
     willingness to pay interest and repay principal.  The B rating category is
     also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual
     or implied BB or BB- rating.

     CCC: Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default,
     and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
     conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. 
     In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is
     not likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  The
     CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that
     is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

     CC: The rating CC is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

     C: The rating C is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating.  The C rating may
     be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed,
     but debt service payments are continued.

     C1: The Rating C1 is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is
     being paid.

     D: Debt rated D is in payment default.  The D rating category is used when
     interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even
     if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that
     such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also
     will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service
     payments are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
     addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the
     major rating categories.

                            FITCH INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.
     INVESTMENT GRADE BOND RATINGS

     AAA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit
     quality.  The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest
     and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably
     foreseeable events.

     AA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit
     quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is
     very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated 'AAA'.  Because
     bonds rated in the 'AAA' and 'AA' categories are not significantly

                                         a-3
<PAGE>






     vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these
     issuers is generally rated 'F-1+'.

     A: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. 
     The obligors ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to
     be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic
     conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

     BBB: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit
     quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is
     considered to be adequate.  Adverse changes in economic conditions and
     circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these
     bonds, and therefore, impair timely payment.  The likelihood that the
     ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for
     bonds with higher ratings.

     HIGH YIELD BOND RATINGS

     BB: Bonds are considered speculative.  The obligor's ability to pay
     interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic
     changes.  However, business and financial alternatives can be identified
     that could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

     B: Bonds are considered highly speculative.  While bonds in this class are
     currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued
     timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor's limited
     margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic
     activity throughout the life of the issue.

     CCC: Bonds have certain identifiable characteristics which, if not
     remedied, may lead to default.  The ability to meet obligations requires
     an advantageous business and economic environment.

     CC: Bonds are minimally protected.  Default in payment of interest and/or
     principal seems probable over time.

     C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

     DDD, DD, and D: Bonds are in default on interest and/or principal
     payments.  Such bonds are extremely speculative and should be valued on
     the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or
     reorganization of the obligor.  `DDD' represents the highest potential for
     recovery on these bonds, and `D' represents the lowest potential for
     recovery.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to C may be modified by the
     addition of a plus or minus sign to indicate the relative position of a
     credit within the rating category.


                                   * * * * * * * *


                                         a-4
<PAGE>






     NOTE: Bonds which are unrated expose the investor to risks with respect to
     capacity to pay interest or repay principal which are similar to the risks
     of lower-rated speculative bonds.  The Portfolio is dependent on the
     Investment Adviser's judgment, analysis and experience in the evaluation
     of such bonds.
















































                                         a-5
<PAGE>






                                       PART B

     ITEM 10.  COVER PAGE

     Not applicable.

     ITEM 11.  TABLE OF CONTENTS
     Page 
     General Information and History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    B-1 
     Investment Objectives and Policies    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1 
     Management of the Portfolio   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-13
     Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities    . . . . . . . .  B-17
     Investment Advisory and Other Services    . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-17
     Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-20
     Capital Stock and Other Securities    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-22
     Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities  . . . . . . . . . . .  B-24
     Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-24
     Underwriters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-28
     Calculation of Performance Data   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-28
     Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-29
     Appendix  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   a-1

     ITEM 12.  GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY

     Not applicable.

     ITEM 13.  INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

           Part A contains additional information about the investment
     objective and policies of the High Yield Municipals Portfolio (the
     "Portfolio").  This Part B should be read in conjunction with Part A. 
     Capitalized terms used in this Part B and not otherwise defined have the
     meanings given them in Part A.

     MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS
           Municipal obligations are issued to obtain funds for various public
     and private purposes.  Such obligations include bonds, as well as tax-
     exempt commercial paper, project notes and municipal notes such as tax,
     revenue and bond anticipation notes of short maturity, generally less than
     three years.  In general, there are three categories of municipal
     obligations the interest on which is exempt from federal income tax and is
     not a tax preference item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum
     tax: (i) certain "public purpose" obligations (whenever issued), which
     include obligations issued directly by state and local governments or
     their agencies to fulfill essential governmental functions; (ii) certain
     obligations issued before August 8, 1986 for the benefit of non-
     governmental persons or entities; and (iii) certain "private activity
     bonds" issued after August 7, 1986, which include "qualified Section
     501(c)(3) bonds" or refundings of certain obligations included in the
     second category.  In assessing the federal income tax treatment of
     interest on any municipal obligation, the Portfolio will generally rely on
     an opinion of the issuer's counsel (when available) and will not undertake

                                         B-1
<PAGE>






     any independent verification of the basis for the opinion.  The two
     principal classifications of municipal bonds are "general obligation"
     bonds and "revenue" bonds.

           Interest on certain "private activity bonds" issued after August 7,
     1986 is exempt from regular federal income tax, but such interest is
     treated as a tax preference item which could subject the recipient to or
     increase the recipient's liability for the federal alternative minimum
     tax.  It should be noted that, for a corporate holder (other than a
     regulated investment company) of an interest in the Portfolio, interest on
     all municipal obligations (whenever issued) is included in "adjusted
     current earnings" for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax as
     applied to corporations (only to the extent not already included in
     alternative minimum taxable income as income attributable to private
     activity bonds).

           Market discount on long-term tax-exempt municipal obligations (i.e.,
     obligations with a term of more than one year) purchased in the secondary
     market after April 30, 1993 is taxable as ordinary income.  A long-term
     debt obligation is generally treated as acquired at a market discount if
     the secondary market purchase price is less than (i) the stated principal
     amount payable at maturity, in the case of an obligation that does not
     have original issue discount, or (ii) in the case of an obligation that
     does have original issue discount, the sum of the issue price and any
     original issue discount that accrued before the obligation was purchased,
     subject to a de minimus amount.  

           Issuers of general obligation bonds include states, counties,
     cities, towns and regional districts.  The proceeds of these obligations
     are used to fund a wide range of public projects including the
     construction or improvement of schools, highways and roads, water and
     sewer systems and a variety of other public purposes.  The basic security
     of general obligation bonds is the issuer's pledge of its faith, credit
     and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest.  The taxes
     that can be levied for the payment of debt service may be limited or
     unlimited as to rate and amount.

           The principal security for a revenue bond is generally the net
     revenues derived from a particular facility or group of facilities or, in
     some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific
     revenue source.  Revenue bonds have been issued to fund a wide variety of
     capital projects including: electric, gas, water, sewer and solid waste
     disposal systems; highways, bridges and tunnels; port, airport and parking
     facilities; transportation systems; housing facilities, colleges and
     universities and hospitals.  Although the principal security behind these
     bonds varies widely, many provide additional security in the form of a
     debt service reserve fund whose monies may be used to make principal and
     interest payments on the issuer's obligations.  Housing finance
     authorities have a wide range of security including partially or fully
     insured, rent subsidized and/or collateralized mortgages, and/or the net
     revenues from housing or other public projects.  In addition to a debt
     service reserve fund, some authorities provide further security in the

                                         B-2
<PAGE>






     form of a state's ability (without legal obligation) to make up
     deficiencies in the debt service reserve fund.  Lease rental revenue bonds
     issued by a state or local authority for capital projects are normally
     secured by annual lease rental payments from the state or locality to the
     authority sufficient to cover debt service on the authority's obligations. 
     Such payments are usually subject to annual appropriations by the state or
     locality.

           Industrial development and pollution control bonds, although
     normally issued by municipal authorities, are in most cases revenue bonds
     and are generally not secured by the taxing power of the municipality, but
     are usually secured by the revenues derived by the authority from payments
     of the industrial user or users.

           The Portfolio may on occasion acquire revenue bonds which carry
     warrants or similar rights covering equity securities.  Such warrants or
     rights may be held indefinitely, but if exercised, the Portfolio
     anticipates that it would, under normal circumstances, dispose of any
     equity securities so acquired within a reasonable period of time.

           While most municipal bonds pay a fixed rate of interest
     semi-annually in cash, there are exceptions.  Some bonds pay no periodic
     cash interest, but rather make a single payment at maturity representing
     both principal and interest.  Bonds may be issued or subsequently offered
     with interest coupons materially greater or less than those then
     prevailing, with price adjustments reflecting such deviation.

           The obligations of any person or entity to pay the principal of and
     interest on a municipal obligation are subject to the provisions of
     bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of
     creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Act, and laws, if any, which may
     be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for
     payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints
     upon enforcement of such obligations.  There is also the possibility that
     as a result of litigation or other conditions the power or ability of any
     person or entity to pay when due principal of and interest on a municipal
     obligation may be materially affected.  There have been recent instances
     of defaults and bankruptcies involving municipal obligations which were
     not foreseen by the financial and investment communities.  The Portfolio
     will take whatever action it considers appropriate in the event of
     anticipated financial difficulties, default or bankruptcy of either the
     issuer of any municipal obligation or of the underlying source of funds
     for debt service.  Such action may include retaining the services of
     various persons or firms (including affiliates of the Investment Adviser)
     to evaluate or protect any real estate, facilities or other assets
     securing any such obligation or acquired by the Portfolio as a result of
     any such event, and the Portfolio may also manage (or engage other persons
     to manage) or otherwise deal with any real estate, facilities or other
     assets so acquired.  The Portfolio anticipates that real estate consulting
     and management services may be required with respect to properties
     securing various municipal obligations in its portfolio or subsequently
     acquired by the Portfolio.  The Portfolio will incur additional

                                         B-3
<PAGE>






     expenditures in taking protective action with respect to portfolio
     obligations in default and assets securing such obligations.

           The yields on municipal obligations will be dependent on a variety
     of factors, including purposes of issue and source of funds for repayment,
     general money market conditions, general conditions of the municipal bond
     market, size of a particular offering, maturity of the obligation and
     rating of the issue.  The ratings of Moody's, S&P and Fitch represent
     their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake
     to rate.  It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are based on
     judgment and are not absolute standards of quality.  Consequently,
     municipal obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have
     different yields while obligations of the same maturity and coupon with
     different ratings may have the same yield.  In addition, the market price
     of municipal obligations will normally fluctuate with changes in interest
     rates, and therefore the net asset value of the Portfolio will be affected
     by such changes.

     RISKS OF CONCENTRATION
           OBLIGATIONS OF PARTICULAR TYPES OF ISSUERS.  The Portfolio may
     invest 25% or more of its total assets in municipal obligations of issuers
     located in the same state or in municipal obligations of the same type. 
     There could be economic, business or political developments which might
     affect all municipal obligations of a similar type.  In particular,
     investments in the industrial revenue bonds listed above might involve
     without limitation the following risks.

           Hospital bond ratings are often based on feasibility studies which
     contain projections of expenses, revenues and occupancy levels.  Among the
     influences affecting a hospital's gross receipts and net income available
     to service its debt are demand for hospital services, the ability of the
     hospital to provide the services required, management capabilities,
     economic developments in the service area, efforts by insurers and
     government agencies to limit rates and expenses, confidence in the
     hospital, service area economic developments, competition, availability
     and expense of malpractice insurance, Medicaid and Medicare funding and
     possible federal legislation limiting the rates of increase of hospital
     charges.

           Electric utilities face problems in financing large construction
     programs in an inflationary period, cost increases and delay occasioned by
     safety and environmental considerations (particularly with respect to
     nuclear facilities), difficulty in obtaining fuel at reasonable prices,
     and in achieving timely and adequate rate relief from regulatory
     commissions, effects of energy conservation and limitations on the
     capacity of the capital market to absorb utility debt.

           Pollution control and other industrial development bonds are issued
     by state or local agencies to finance various projects, including those of
     domestic steel producers, and may be backed solely by agreements with such
     companies.  Domestic steel companies are expected to suffer the
     consequences of such adverse trends as high labor costs, high foreign

                                         B-4
<PAGE>






     imports encouraged by foreign productivity increases and a strong U.S.
     dollar, and other cost pressures such as those imposed by anti-pollution
     legislation.  Domestic steel capacity is being reduced currently by
     large-scale plant closings and this period of rationalization may not end
     until further legislative protection is provided through tariff price
     supports or mandatory import quotas, such as those recently enacted for
     certain specialty steel products.

           Life care facilities are an alternative form of long-term housing
     for the elderly which offer residents the independence of a condominium
     life style and, if needed, the comprehensive care of nursing home
     services.  Bonds to finance these facilities have been issued by various
     state industrial development authorities.  Because the bonds are normally
     secured only by the revenues of each facility and not by state or local
     government tax payments, they are subject to a wide variety of risks. 
     Primarily, the projects must maintain adequate occupancy levels to be able
     to provide revenues sufficient to meet debt service payments.  Moreover,
     because a portion of housing, medical care and other services may be
     financed by an initial deposit, it is important that the facility maintain
     adequate financial reserves to secure estimated actuarial liabilities. 
     The ability of management to accurately forecast inflationary cost
     pressures is an important factor in this process.  The facilities may also
     be affected adversely by regulatory cost restrictions applied to health
     care delivery in general, particularly state regulations or changes in
     Medicare and Medicaid payments or qualifications, or restrictions imposed
     by medical insurance companies.  They may also face competition from
     alternative health care or conventional housing facilities in the private
     or public sector.

           OBLIGATIONS OF PUERTO RICO, U.S. VIRGIN ISLANDS AND GUAM.  Subject
     to the Portfolio's investment policies as set forth in Part A, the
     Portfolio may invest in the obligations of the governments of Puerto Rico,
     the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam.  Accordingly, the Portfolio may be
     adversely affected by local political and economic conditions and
     developments within Puerto Rico affecting the issuers of such obligations.

           Puerto Rico has a diversified economy dominated by the manufacturing
     and service sectors.  Manufacturing is the largest sector in terms of
     gross domestic product and is more diversified than during earlier phases
     of Puerto Rico's industrial development.  The three largest sectors of the
     economy (as a percentage of employment) are services (47%), government
     (22%) and manufacturing (16.4%).  These three sectors represent 39%, 11%
     and 39%, respectively, of the gross domestic product.  The service sector
     is the fastest growing, while the government and manufacturing sectors
     have been stagnant for the past five years.  The North American Free Trade
     Agreement (NAFTA), which became effective January 1, 1994, could lead to
     the loss of Puerto Rico's lower salaried or labor intensive jobs to
     Mexico.  The August, 1994 unemployment rate was 14.5%, down from 18.2% in
     August, 1993.  

             The Commonwealth of Puerto Rico exercises virtually the same
     control over its internal affairs as do the fifty states; however, it

                                         B-5
<PAGE>






     differs from the states in its relationship with the federal government. 
     Most federal taxes, except those such as social security taxes that are
     imposed by mutual consent, are not levied in Puerto Rico.  However, in
     conjunction with the 1993 U.S. budget plan, Section 936 of the Code was
     amended and provided for two alternative limitations to the Section 936
     credit.  The first option will limit the credit against such income to 40%
     of the credit allowable under current law, with a five year phase-in
     period starting at 60% of the allowable credit.  The second option is a
     wage and depreciation based credit.  The reduction of the tax benefits to
     those U.S. companies with operations in Puerto Rico may lead to slower
     growth in the future.  There can be no assurance that these modifications
     will not lead to a weakened economy, a lower rating on Puerto Rico's debt
     or lower prices for Puerto Rican bonds that may be held by the Portfolio.

             Puerto Rico's financial reporting was first conformed to generally
     accepted accounting principles in fiscal 1990.  Nonrecurring revenues have
     been used frequently to balance recent years' budgets.  In November, 1993
     Puerto Ricans voted on whether they wished to retain their Commonwealth
     status, become a state or establish an independent nation.  The measure
     was defeated, with 48.5% voting to remain a Commonwealth, 46% voting for
     statehood and 4% voting for independence.  Retaining Commonwealth status
     leaves intact the current relationship with the federal government.  There
     can be no assurance that the statehood issue will not be brought to a vote
     in the future.  A successful statehood vote in Puerto Rico would then
     require the U.S. Congress to ratify the election.

             The United States Virgin Islands (USVI) are located approximately
     1,100 miles east-southeast of Miami and are made up of St. Croix, St.
     Thomas and St. John.  Population, after reaching a peak of 110,800 in
     1985, declined to 101,809 in 1990.  The economy is heavily reliant on the
     tourism industry, with roughly 43% of non-agricultural employment in
     tourist-related trade and services.  As of April, 1993, unemployment stood
     at 2.7%.  The tourism industry is economically sensitive and would likely
     be adversely affected by a recession in either the United States or
     Europe.

             An important component of the USVI revenue base is the federal
     excise tax on rum exports.  Tax revenues rebated by the federal government
     to the USVI provide the primary security of many outstanding USVI bonds. 
     Since more than 90% of the rum distilled in the USVI is distilled at one
     plant, any interruption in its operations (as occurred after Hurricane
     Hugo in 1989) would adversely affect these revenues.  Consequently, there
     can be no assurance that rum exports to the United States and the rebate
     of tax revenues to the USVI will continue at their present levels.  The
     preferential tariff treatment the USVI rum industry currently enjoys could
     be reduced under NAFTA.  Increased competition from Mexican rum producers
     could reduce USVI rum imported to the U.S., decreasing excise tax revenues
     generated.  The USVI experienced budget deficits in fiscal years 1989 and
     1990: in 1989 due to wage settlements with the unionized government
     employees, and in 1990 as a result of Hurricane Hugo.  The USVI recorded a
     small surplus in fiscal year 1991.  At the end of fiscal 1992, the last
     year for which results are available, the USVI had an unreserved General

                                         B-6
<PAGE>






     Fund deficit of approximately $8.31 million, or approximately 2.1% of
     expenditures.  In order to close a forecasted fiscal 1994 revenue gap of
     $45.6 million, the Department of Finance has proposed several tax
     increases and fund transfers.  There is currently no rated, unenhanced
     U.S. Virgin Islands debt outstanding.

             Guam, an unincorporated U.S. territory, is located 1,500 miles
     southeast of Tokyo.  Population, 133,000 in 1990, is up 26% from the 1980
     census level.  The U.S. military is a key component of Guam's economy. 
     The federal government directly comprises more than 10% of the employment
     base, with a substantial component of the service sector to support these
     personnel.  Guam is expected to benefit from the closure of the Subic Bay
     Naval Base and the Clark Air Force Base in the Philippines.  The Naval Air
     Station, one of several U.S. military facilities on the island, has been
     slated for closure by the Defense Base Closure and Realignment Committee;
     however, the administration plans to use these facilities to expand the
     Island's commercial airport.  Guam is also heavily reliant on tourists,
     particularly the Japanese.  Unemployment was 3.2% in 1991.  For 1994, the
     financial position of Guam has weakened further as it incurred an
     unaudited General Fund operating deficit.  The administration has taken
     steps to improve its financial position; however, there are no guarantees
     that an improvement will be realized.  Guam's general obligation debt is
     rated Baa by Moody's.

     MUNICIPAL LEASES
           The Portfolio may invest in municipal leases and participations
     therein, which arrangements frequently involve special risks.  Municipal
     leases are obligations in the form of a lease or installment purchase
     arrangement which is entered into by a state or local government to
     acquire equipment and facilities.  Interest income from such obligations
     is generally exempt from local and state taxes in the state of issuance. 
     "Participations" in such leases are undivided interests in a portion of
     the total obligation.  Participations entitle their holders to receive a
     pro rata share of all payments under the lease.  A trustee is usually
     responsible for administering the terms of the participation and enforcing
     the participants' rights in the underlying lease.  Leases and installment
     purchase or conditional sale contracts (which normally provide for title
     to the leased asset to pass eventually to the governmental issuer) have
     evolved as a means for governmental issuers to acquire property and
     equipment without meeting the constitutional and statutory requirements
     for the issuance of debt.  State debt-issuance limitations are deemed to
     be inapplicable to these arrangements because of the inclusion in many
     leases or contracts of "non-appropriation" clauses that provide that the
     governmental issuer has no obligation to make future payments under the
     lease or contract unless money is appropriated for such purpose by the
     appropriate legislative body on a yearly or other periodic basis.  Such
     arrangements are, therefore, subject to the risk that the governmental
     issuer will not appropriate funds for lease payments.

           Certain municipal lease obligations owned by the Portfolio may be
     deemed illiquid for purposes of the Portfolio's 15% limitation on
     investments in illiquid securities, unless determined by the Investment

                                         B-7
<PAGE>






     Adviser, pursuant to guidelines adopted by the Trustees of the Portfolio,
     to be liquid securities for the purpose of such limitation.  In
     determining the liquidity of municipal lease obligations, the Investment
     Adviser will consider a variety of factors including: (1) the willingness
     of dealers to bid for the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to
     purchase or sell the obligation and the number of other potential buyers;
     (3) the frequency of trades and quotes for the obligation; and (4) the
     nature of the marketplace trades.  In addition, the Investment Adviser
     will consider factors unique to particular lease obligations affecting the
     marketability thereof.  These include the general creditworthiness of the
     municipality, the importance of the property covered by the lease to the
     municipality, and the likelihood that the marketability of the obligation
     will be maintained throughout the time the obligation is held by the
     Portfolio.  In the event the Portfolio acquires an unrated municipal lease
     obligation, the Investment Adviser will be responsible for determining the
     credit quality of such obligation on an ongoing basis, including an
     assessment of the likelihood that the lease may or may not be canceled.

     ZERO COUPON BONDS
           Zero coupon bonds are debt obligations which do not require the
     periodic payment of interest and are issued at a significant discount from
     face value.  The discount approximates the total amount of interest the
     bonds will accrue and compound over the period until maturity at a rate of
     interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of
     issuance.  Zero coupon bonds benefit the issuer by mitigating its need for
     cash to meet debt service, but also require a higher rate of return to
     attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

     INSURANCE
           Insured municipal obligations held by the Portfolio (if any) will be
     insured as to their scheduled payment of principal and interest under
     either (i) an insurance policy obtained by the issuer or underwriter of
     the obligation at the time of its original issuance or (ii) an insurance
     policy obtained by the Portfolio or a third party subsequent to the
     obligation's original issuance (which may not be reflected in the
     obligation's market value).  In either event, such insurance may provide
     that, in the event of nonpayment of interest or principal when due with
     respect to an insured obligation, the insurer is not required to make such
     payment until a specified time has lapsed (which may be 30 days or more
     after notice).

     CREDIT QUALITY
           The Portfolio is dependent on the Investment Adviser's judgment,
     analysis and experience in evaluating the quality of municipal
     obligations.  In evaluating the credit quality of a particular issue, when
     rated or unrated, the Investment Adviser will normally take into
     consideration, among other things, the financial resources of the issuer
     (or, as appropriate, of the underlying source of funds for debt service),
     its sensitivity to economic conditions and trends, any operating history
     of and the community support for the facility financed by the issuer, the
     ability of the issuer's management and regulatory matters.  The Investment
     Adviser will attempt to reduce the risks of investing in the lowest

                                         B-8
<PAGE>






     investment grade, below investment grade and comparable unrated
     obligations through active portfolio management, credit analysis and
     attention to current developments and trends in the economy and the
     financial markets.

     SHORT-TERM TRADING
           The Portfolio may sell securities in anticipation of a market
     decline (a rise in interest rates) or purchase and later sell securities
     in anticipation of a market rise (a decline in interest rates).  In
     addition, a security may be sold and another purchased at approximately
     the same time to take advantage of what the Portfolio believes to be a
     temporary disparity in the normal yield relationship between the two
     securities.  Yield disparities may occur for reasons not directly related
     to the investment quality of particular issues or the general movement of
     interest rates, such as changes in the overall demand for or supply of
     various types of municipal obligations or changes in the investment
     objectives of investors.  Such trading may be expected to increase the
     portfolio turnover rate, which may increase capital gains and the expenses
     incurred in connection with such trading.  The Portfolio anticipates that
     its annual portfolio turnover rate will generally not exceed 100%
     (excluding turnover of securities having a maturity of one year or less).

     WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES
           New issues of municipal obligations are sometimes offered on a
     "when-issued" basis, that is, delivery and payment for the securities
     normally take place within a specified number of days after the date of
     the Portfolio's commitment and are subject to certain conditions such as
     the issuance of satisfactory legal opinions.  The Portfolio may also
     purchase securities on a when-issued basis pursuant to refunding contracts
     in connection with the refinancing of an issuer's outstanding
     indebtedness.  Refunding contracts generally require the issuer to sell
     and the Portfolio to buy such securities on a settlement date that could
     be several months or several years in the future.

           The Portfolio will make commitments to purchase when-issued
     securities only with the intention of actually acquiring the securities,
     but may sell such securities before the settlement date if it is deemed
     advisable as a matter of investment strategy.  The payment obligation and
     the interest rate that will be received on the securities are fixed at the
     time the Portfolio enters into the purchase commitment.  The Portfolio's
     custodian will segregate cash or high grade liquid debt securities in a
     separate account of the Portfolio in an amount at least equal to the
     when-issued commitments.  If the value of the securities placed in the
     separate account declines, additional cash or high grade liquid debt
     securities will be placed in the account on a daily basis so that the
     value of the account will at least equal the amount of the Portfolio's
     when-issued commitments.  When the Portfolio commits to purchase a
     security on a when-issued basis, it records the transaction and reflects
     the value of the security in determining its net asset value.  Securities
     purchased on a when-issued basis and the securities held by the Portfolio
     are subject to changes in value based upon the perception of the
     creditworthiness of the issuer and changes in the level of interest rates

                                         B-9
<PAGE>






     (i.e., appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when
     interest rates rise).  Therefore, to the extent that the Portfolio remains
     substantially fully invested at the same time that it has purchased
     securities on a when-issued basis, there will be greater fluctuations in
     the Portfolio's net asset value than if it solely set aside cash to pay
     for when-issued securities.

     VARIABLE RATE OBLIGATIONS
           The Portfolio may purchase variable rate obligations.  Variable rate
     instruments provide for adjustments in the interest rate at specified
     intervals (weekly, monthly, semi-annually, etc.).  The revised rates are
     usually set at the issuer's discretion, in which case the investor
     normally enjoys the right to "put" the security back to the issuer or his
     agent.  Rate revisions may alternatively be determined by formula or in
     some other contractual fashion.  Variable rate obligations normally
     provide that the holder can demand payment of the obligation on short
     notice at par with accrued interest and are frequently secured by letters
     of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.  To the
     extent that such letters of credit or other arrangements constitute an
     unconditional guarantee of the issuer's obligations, a bank may be treated
     as the issuer of a security for the purpose of complying with the
     diversification requirements set forth in Section 5(b) of the 1940 Act and
     Rule 5b-2 thereunder.  The Portfolio would anticipate using these
     obligations as cash equivalents pending longer term investment of its
     funds.

     REDEMPTION, DEMAND AND PUT FEATURES 
           Most municipal bonds have a fixed final maturity date.  However, it
     is commonplace for the issuer to reserve the right to call the bond
     earlier.  Also, some bonds may have "put" or "demand" features that allow
     early redemption by the bondholder.  Interest income generated by certain
     bonds having demand features may not qualify as tax-exempt interest. 
     Longer term fixed-rate bonds may give the holder a right to request
     redemption at certain times (often annually after the lapse of an
     intermediate term).  These bonds are more defensive than conventional long
     term bonds (protecting to some degree against a rise in interest rates)
     while providing greater opportunity than comparable intermediate term
     bonds, because the Portfolio may retain the bond if interest rates
     decline.  By acquiring these kinds of obligations the Portfolio obtains
     the contractual right to require the issuer of the security or some other
     person (other than a broker or dealer) to purchase the security at an
     agreed upon price, which right is contained in the obligation itself
     rather than in a separate agreement with the seller or some other person. 
     Because this right is assignable with the security, which is readily
     marketable and valued in the customary manner, the Portfolio will not
     assign any separate value to such right.

     LIQUIDITY AND PROTECTIVE PUT OPTIONS 
           The Portfolio may also enter into a separate agreement with the
     seller of the security or some other person granting the Portfolio the
     right to put the security to the seller thereof or the other person at an
     agreed upon price.  The Portfolio intends to limit this type of

                                         B-10
<PAGE>






     transaction to institutions (such as banks or securities dealers) which
     the Investment Adviser believes present minimal credit risks and would
     engage in this type of transaction to facilitate portfolio liquidity or
     (if the seller so agrees) to hedge against rising interest rates.  There
     is no assurance that this kind of put option will be available to the
     Portfolio or that selling institutions will be willing to permit the
     Portfolio to exercise a put to hedge against rising interest rates.  A
     separate put option may not be marketable or otherwise assignable, and
     sale of the security to a third party or lapse of time with the put
     unexercised may terminate the right to exercise the put.  The Portfolio
     does not expect to assign any value to any separate put option which may
     be acquired to facilitate portfolio liquidity, inasmuch as the value (if
     any) of the put will be reflected in the value assigned to the associated
     security; any put acquired for hedging purposes would be valued in good
     faith under methods or procedures established by the Trustees after
     consideration of all relevant factors, including its expiration date, the
     price volatility of the associated security, the difference between the
     market price of the associated security and the exercise price of the put,
     the creditworthiness of the issuer of the put and the market prices of
     comparable put options.  Interest income generated by certain bonds having
     put features may not qualify as tax-exempt interest.

     SECURITIES LENDING
           The Portfolio may seek to increase its income by lending portfolio
     securities to broker-dealers or other institutional borrowers.  Under
     present regulatory policies of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
     "Commission"), such loans are required to be secured continuously by
     collateral in cash, cash equivalents or U.S. Government securities held by
     the Portfolio's custodian and maintained on a current basis at an amount
     at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned, which will be
     marked to market daily.  Cash equivalents include short-term municipal
     obligations as well as taxable certificates of deposit, commercial paper
     and other short-term money market instruments.  The Portfolio would have
     the right to call a loan and obtain the securities loaned at any time on
     up to five business days' notice.  During the existence of a loan, the
     Portfolio will continue to receive the equivalent of the interest paid by
     the issuer on the securities loaned and will also receive a fee, or all or
     a portion of the interest on investment of the collateral, if any. 
     However, the Portfolio may pay lending fees to such borrowers.  The
     Portfolio would not have the right to vote any securities having voting
     rights during the existence of the loan, but would call the loan in
     anticipation of an important vote to be taken among holders of the
     securities or the giving or withholding of their consent on a material
     matter affecting the investment.  As with other extensions of credit there
     are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the securities
     loaned if the borrower of the securities fails financially.  However, the
     loans will be made only to organizations deemed by the Portfolio's
     management to be of good standing and when, in the judgment of the
     Portfolio's management, the consideration which can be earned from
     securities loans of this type justifies the attendant risk.  Income
     realized by the Portfolio from securities loans will be taxable.  If the
     management of the Portfolio decides to make securities loans, it is

                                         B-11
<PAGE>






     intended that the value of the securities loaned would not exceed 30% of
     the Portfolio's total assets.

     FUTURES CONTRACTS
           A change in the level of interest rates may affect the value of the
     securities held by the Portfolio (or of securities that the Portfolio
     expects to purchase).  To hedge against changes in rates or for
     non-hedging purposes, the Portfolio may enter into (i) futures contracts
     for the purchase or sale of debt securities, (ii) futures contracts on
     securities indices and (iii) futures contracts on other financial
     instruments and indices.  All futures contracts entered into by the
     Portfolio are traded on exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed and
     regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") and must be
     executed through a futures commission merchant or brokerage firm which is
     a member of the relevant exchange.  The Portfolio may purchase and write
     call and put options on futures contracts which are traded on a United
     States or foreign exchange or board of trade.

           The Portfolio will engage in futures and related options
     transactions only for BONA FIDE hedging or non-hedging purposes as defined
     in or permitted by CFTC regulations.  The Portfolio will determine that
     the price fluctuations in the futures contracts and options on futures
     used for hedging purposes are substantially related to price fluctuations
     in securities held by the Portfolio or which it expects to purchase. 
     Except as stated below, the Portfolio's futures transactions will be
     entered into for traditional hedging purposes - that is, futures contracts
     will be sold to protect against a decline in the price of securities that
     the Portfolio owns, or futures contracts will be purchased to protect the
     Portfolio against an increase in the price of securities it intends to
     purchase.  As evidence of this hedging intent, the Portfolio expects that
     on 75% or more of the occasions on which it takes a long futures (or
     option) position (involving the purchase of futures contracts), the
     Portfolio will have purchased, or will be in the process of purchasing,
     equivalent amounts of related securities in the cash market at the time
     when the futures (or option) position is closed out.  However, in
     particular cases, when it is economically advantageous for the Portfolio
     to do so, a long futures position may be terminated (or an option may
     expire) without the corresponding purchase of securities.  As an
     alternative to compliance with the BONA FIDE hedging definition, a CFTC
     regulation permits the Portfolio to elect to comply with a different test,
     under which the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to
     establish non-hedging positions in futures contracts and options on
     futures will not exceed 5% of the Portfolio's net asset value after taking
     into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions and excluding
     the in-the-money amount of such options.  The Portfolio will engage in
     transactions in futures and related options contracts only to the extent
     such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Internal
     Revenue Code for maintaining the qualification of each of the Portfolio's
     investment company investors as a regulated investment company for federal
     income tax purposes (see "Tax Status").



                                         B-12
<PAGE>






           The Portfolio will be required, in connection with transactions in
     futures contracts and the writing of options on futures, to make margin
     deposits, which will be held by the Portfolio's custodian for the benefit
     of the futures commission merchant through whom the Portfolio engages in
     such futures and options transactions.  Cash or liquid high-grade debt
     securities required to be segregated in connection with a "long" futures
     position taken by the Portfolio will also be held by the custodian in a
     segregated account and will be marked to market daily.


     PORTFOLIO TURNOVER 
           The Portfolio cannot accurately predict its portfolio turnover rate,
     but it is anticipated that the annual turnover rate will generally not
     exceed 100% (excluding turnover of securities having a maturity of one
     year or less).  A 100% annual turnover rate would occur, for example, if
     all the securities held by the Portfolio were replaced once in a period of
     one year.  A high turnover rate (100% or more) necessarily involves
     greater expenses to the Portfolio.  The Portfolio engages in portfolio
     trading (including short-term trading) if it believes that a transaction
     including all costs will help in achieving its investment objective.

     INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
           Whenever an investment policy or investment restriction set forth in
     Part A or this Part B states a maximum percentage of assets that may be
     invested in any security or other asset or describes a policy regarding
     quality standards, such percentage limitation or standard shall be
     determined immediately after and as a result of the Portfolio's
     acquisition of such security or other asset.  Accordingly, any later
     increase or decrease resulting from a change in values, assets or other
     circumstances, other than a subsequent rating change below investment
     grade made by a rating service, will not compel the Portfolio to dispose
     of such security or other asset.

           The Portfolio has adopted the following investment restrictions
     which may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a
     "majority of the outstanding voting securities" of the Portfolio, which as
     used in this Part B means the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the outstanding
     voting securities of the Portfolio present or represented by proxy at a
     meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting
     securities of the Portfolio are present or represented at the meeting or
     (b) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio. 
     The term "voting securities" as used in this paragraph has the same
     meaning as in the 1940 Act.  As a matter of fundamental policy, the
     Portfolio may not:

           (1) Borrow money or issue senior securities except as permitted by
     the Investment Company Act of 1940; 

           (2) Purchase securities on margin (but the Portfolio may obtain such
     short-term credits as may be necessary for the clearance of purchases and
     sales of securities).  The deposit or payment by the Portfolio of initial
     or maintenance margin in connection with futures contracts or related

                                         B-13
<PAGE>






     options transactions is not considered the purchase of a security on
     margin;

           (3) Underwrite or participate in the marketing of securities of
     others, except insofar as it may technically be deemed to be an
     underwriter in selling a portfolio security under circumstances which may
     require the registration of the same under the Securities Act of 1933;

           (4) Purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase and sell
     securities which are secured by real estate and securities of companies
     which invest or deal in real estate;

           (5) Purchase or sell physical commodities or contracts for the
     purchase or sale of physical commodities; or

           (6) Make loans to any person except by (a) the acquisition of debt
     instruments and making portfolio investments, (b) entering into repurchase
     agreements, and (c) lending portfolio securities.

           The Portfolio has adopted the following investment policies which
     may be changed by the Portfolio without approval of its investors.  As a
     matter of nonfundamental policy, the Portfolio may not:  (a) engage in
     options, futures or forward transactions if more than 5% of its net
     assets, as measured by the aggregate of the premiums paid by the
     Portfolio, would be so invested; (b) make short sales of securities or
     maintain a short position, unless at all times when a short position is
     open the Portfolio owns an equal amount of such securities or securities
     convertible into or exchangeable, without payment of any further
     consideration, for securities of the same issue as, and equal in amount
     to, the securities sold short; (c) invest more than 15% of its net assets
     in investments which are not readily marketable, including restricted
     securities and repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days. 
     Restricted securities for the purposes of this limitation do not include
     securities eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities
     Act of 1933 that the Board of Trustees, or its delegate, determines to be
     liquid, based upon the trading markets for the specific security; (d)
     purchase or retain in its portfolio any securities issued by an issuer any
     of whose officers, directors, trustees or security holders is an officer
     or Trustee of the Portfolio or is a member, officer, director or trustee
     of any investment adviser of the Portfolio, if after the purchase of the
     securities of such issuer by the Portfolio one or more of such persons
     owns beneficially more than  1/2 of 1% of the shares or securities or both
     (all taken at market value) of such issuer and such persons owning more
     than 1/2 of 1% of such shares or securities together own beneficially more
     than 5% of such shares or securities or both (all taken at market value);
     or (e) purchase oil, gas or other mineral leases or purchase partnership
     interests in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs.

           For purposes of the Portfolio's investment restrictions, the
     determination of the "issuer" of a municipal obligation which is not a
     general obligation bond will be made by the Investment Adviser on the
     basis of the characteristics of the obligation and other relevant factors,

                                         B-14
<PAGE>






     the most significant of which is the source of funds committed to meeting
     interest and principal payments of such obligation.

           In order to permit the sale in certain states of shares of certain
     open-end investment companies which are investors in the Portfolio, the
     Portfolio may adopt policies more restrictive than the policies described
     above.  Should the Portfolio determine that any such policy is no longer
     in the best interests of the Portfolio and its investors, it will revoke
     such policy.

     ITEM 14.  MANAGEMENT OF THE PORTFOLIO

           The Trustees and officers of the Portfolio are listed below.  Except
     as indicated, each individual has held the office shown or other offices
     in the same company for the last five years.  Unless otherwise noted, the
     business address of each Trustee and officer is 24 Federal Street, Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110, which is also the address of the Portfolio's
     investment adviser, Boston Management and Research ("BMR" or the
     "Investment Adviser"), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance
     Management ("Eaton Vance"); of Eaton Vance's parent, Eaton Vance Corp.
     ("EVC"); and of BMR's and Eaton Vance's trustee, Eaton Vance, Inc. ("EV"). 
     Eaton Vance and EV are both wholly-owned subsidiaries of EVC.  Those
     Trustees who are "interested persons" of the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton Vance,
     EVC or EV, as defined in the 1940 Act, by virtue of their affiliation with
     any one or more of the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC or EV, are
     indicated by an asterisk (*).

                              TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIO

     DONALD R. DWIGHT (64), Trustee
     President of Dwight Partners, Inc. (a corporate relations and
     communications company) founded in 1988; Chairman of the Board of
     Newspapers of New England, Inc. since 1983.  Director or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR. 
     Address: Clover Mill Lane, Lyme, New Hampshire 03768

     JAMES B. HAWKES (53), Vice President and Trustee*
     Executive Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC and EV, and a Director
     of EVC and EV.  Director or Trustee and officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.

     SAMUEL L. HAYES, III (60), Trustee
     Jacob H. Schiff Professor of Investment Banking, Harvard University
     Graduate School of Business Administration.  Director or Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration,
     Soldiers Field Road, Boston, Massachusetts 02163

     NORTON H. REAMER (59), Trustee
     President and Director, United Asset Management Corporation, a holding
     company owning institutional investment management firms. Chairman,


                                         B-15
<PAGE>






     President and Director, The Regis Fund, Inc. (mutual fund).  Director or
     Trustee of various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110

     JOHN L. THORNDIKE (68), Trustee
     Director, Fiduciary Company Incorporated.  Director or Trustee of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 175 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110

     JACK L. TREYNOR (65), Trustee
     Investment Adviser and Consultant.  Director or Trustee of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 504 Via Almar, Palos Verdes Estates, California 90274








































                                         B-16
<PAGE>






                              OFFICERS OF THE PORTFOLIO

     THOMAS J. FETTER (51), President
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.  Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.

     ROBERT B. MACINTOSH (38), Vice President
     Vice President of BMR since August 11, 1992, and of Eaton Vance and EV. 
     Employee of Eaton Vance since March 8, 1991.  Fidelity Investments -
     Portfolio Manager (1986-1991).  Officer of various investment companies
     managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  

     JAMES L. O'CONNOR (50), Treasurer
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.  Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.

     THOMAS OTIS (63), Secretary
     Vice President and Secretary of BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC and EV.  Officer of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.

     JANET E. SANDERS (59), Assistant Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.  Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.

     A. JOHN MURPHY (32), Assistant Secretary
     Assistant Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV since March 1, 1994;
     employee of Eaton Vance since March 1993.  State Regulations Supervisor,
     The Boston Company (1991-1993) and Registration Specialist, Fidelity
     Management & Research Co. (1986-1991).  Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  

     THOMAS M. METZOLD (36), Vice President
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.  

           Messrs. Thorndike (Chairman), Hayes and Reamer are members of the
     Special Committee of the Board of Trustees.  The Special Committee's
     functions include a continuous review of the Portfolio's contractual
     relationship with the Investment Adviser, making recommendations to the
     Trustees regarding the compensation of those Trustees who are not members
     of the Eaton Vance organization, and making recommendations to the
     Trustees regarding candidates to fill vacancies, as and when they occur,
     in the ranks of those Trustees who are not "interested persons" of the
     Portfolio or the Eaton Vance organization.

           Messrs. Treynor (Chairman) and Dwight are members of the Audit
     Committee of the Board of Trustees.  The Audit Committee's functions
     include making recommendations to the Trustees regarding the selection of
     the independent certified public accountants, and reviewing with such
     accountants and the Treasurer of the Portfolio matters relative to
     accounting and auditing practices and procedures, accounting records,
     internal accounting controls, and the functions performed by the custodian
     and transfer agent of the Portfolio.

                                         B-17
<PAGE>






           The fees and expenses of those Trustees of the Portfolio who are not
     members of the Eaton Vance organization (the noninterested Trustees) are
     paid by the Portfolio.  (The Trustees of the Portfolio who are members of
     the Eaton Vance organization receive no compensation from the Portfolio). 
     During the fiscal year ending January 31, 1996, it is estimated that the
     noninterested Trustees of the Portfolio will earn the following
     compensation in their capacities as Trustees of the Portfolio, and during
     the quarter ended March 31, 1995, the noninterested Trustees of the
     Portfolio earned the following compensation in their capacities as
     Trustees of the other funds in the Eaton Vance fund complex(1):

     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
     <S>                 <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>
                                  Aggregate       Retirement      Total
                                  Compensation    Benefit         Compensation from
                                  from            Accrued from    Trust and Fund
       Name                       Portfolio       Fund Complex    Complex
       -----                      ---------       ------------    -----------------

       Donald R. Dwight           $250(2)         $ 8,750         $33,750
       Samuel L. Hayes, III        250(3)          24,885          41,250

       Norton H. Reamer            250               -0-           33,750

       John L. Thorndike           250               -0-           35,000
       Jack L. Treynor             250               -0-           35,000
     </TABLE>

     (1)     The Eaton Vance fund complex consists of 201 registered investment
             companies or series thereof.
     (2)     Includes $3 of deferred compensation.
     (3)     Includes $3 of deferred compensation.

              Trustees of the Portfolio who are not affiliated with BMR may
     elect to defer receipt of all or a percentage of their annual fees in
     accordance with the terms of a Trustees Deferred Compensation Plan (the
     "Plan").  Under the Plan, an eligible Trustee may elect to have his
     deferred fees invested by the Portfolio in the shares of one or more funds
     in the Eaton Vance Family of Funds, and the amount paid to the Trustees
     under the Plan will be determined based upon the performance of such
     investments.  Deferral of Trustees' fees in accordance with the Plan will
     have a negligible effect on the Portfolio's assets, liabilities, and net
     income per share, and will not obligate the Portfolio to retain the
     services of any Trustee or obligate the Portfolio to pay any particular
     level of compensation to the Trustee. 

              The Portfolio's Declaration of Trust provides that it will
     indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses
     incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved
     because of their offices with the Portfolio, unless, as to liability to


                                         B-18
<PAGE>






     the Portfolio or its investors, it is finally adjudicated that they
     engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in their offices, or unless with respect
     to any other matter it is finally adjudicated that they did not act in
     good faith in the reasonable belief that their actions were in the best
     interests of the Portfolio.  In the case of settlement, such
     indemnification will not be provided unless it has been determined by a
     court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition, or by a
     reasonable determination, based upon a review of readily available facts,
     by vote of a majority of noninterested Trustees or in a written opinion of
     independent counsel, that such officers or Trustees have not engaged in
     willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of
     their duties.

     ITEM 15.  CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDER OF SECURITIES 

              As of May 15, 1995, BMR controlled the Portfolio by virtue of
     owning more than 98% of the outstanding voting securities of the
     Portfolio.  BMR is a Massachusetts business trust and a wholly-owned
     subsidiary of Eaton Vance.

     ITEM 16.  INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

              INVESTMENT ADVISER.  The Portfolio engages BMR as investment
     adviser pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement dated _______, 1995. 
     BMR or Eaton Vance acts as investment adviser to investment companies and
     various individual and institutional clients with combined assets under
     management of approximately $15 billion.

              BMR manages the investments and affairs of the Portfolio subject
     to the supervision of the Portfolio's Board of Trustees.  BMR furnishes to
     the Portfolio investment research, advice and supervision, furnishes an
     investment program and determines what securities will be purchased, held
     or sold by the Portfolio and what portion, if any, of the Portfolio's
     assets will be held uninvested.  The Investment Advisory Agreement
     requires the Investment Adviser to pay the salaries and fees of all
     officers and Trustees of the Portfolio who are members of the Investment
     Adviser's organization and all personnel of the Investment Adviser
     performing services relating to research and investment activities.  The
     Portfolio is responsible for all expenses not expressly stated to be
     payable by the Investment Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement,
     including, without implied limitation, (i) expenses of maintaining the
     Portfolio and continuing its existence, (ii) registration of the Portfolio
     under the 1940 Act, (iii) commissions, fees and other expenses connected
     with the acquisition, holding and disposition of securities and other
     investments, (iv) auditing, accounting and legal expenses, (v) taxes and
     interest, (vi) governmental fees, (vii) expenses of issue, sale and
     redemption of interests in the Portfolio, (viii) expenses of registering
     and qualifying the Portfolio and interests in the Portfolio under federal
     and state securities laws and of preparing and printing registration
     statements or other offering statements or memoranda for such purposes and
     for distributing the same to investors, and fees and expenses of

                                         B-19
<PAGE>






     registering and maintaining registrations of the Portfolio and of the
     Portfolio's placement agent as broker-dealer or agent under state
     securities laws, (ix) expenses of reports and notices to investors and of
     meetings of investors and proxy solicitations therefor, (x) expenses of
     reports to governmental officers and commissions, (xi) insurance expenses,
     (xii) association membership dues, (xiii) fees, expenses and disbursements
     of custodians and subcustodians for all services to the Portfolio
     (including without limitation safekeeping for funds, securities and other
     investments, keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of
     net asset values, book capital account balances and tax capital account
     balances), (xiv) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents,
     dividend disbursing agents, investor servicing agents and registrars for
     all services to the Portfolio, (xv) expenses for servicing the accounts of
     investors, (xvi) any direct charges to investors approved by the Trustees
     of the Portfolio, (xvii) compensation and expenses of Trustees of the
     Portfolio who are not members of the Investment Adviser's organization,
     and (xviii) such nonrecurring items as may arise, including expenses
     incurred in connection with litigation, proceedings and claims and the
     obligation of the Portfolio to indemnify its Trustees, officers and
     investors with respect thereto.

              The Portfolio pays the Investment Adviser as compensation under
     the Investment Advisory Agreement a monthly fee equal to the aggregate of
     (a) a daily asset-based fee computed by applying the annual asset rate
     applicable to that portion of the total daily net assets in each Category
     as indicated below, plus (b) a daily income-based fee computed by applying
     the daily income rate applicable to that portion of the total daily gross
     income (which portion shall bear the same relationship to the total daily
     gross income on such day as that portion of the total daily net assets in
     the same Category bears to the total daily net assets on such day) in each
     Category as indicated below:

     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>

     <S>           <C>                                   <C>             <C>
                                                         Annual          Daily
                                                         Asset           Income
     Category  Daily Net Assets                          Rate            Rate
     --------  ----------------                          ------          ------

     1         up to $500 million                        0.400%          4.00%
     2         $500 million but less than $1 billion     0.375%          3.75%
     3         $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion     0.350%          3.50%
     4         $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion     0.325%          3.25%
     5         $2 billion but less than $3 billion       0.300%          3.00%
     6         $3 billion and over                       0.275%          2.75%

     </TABLE>

              The Investment Advisory Agreement with the Investment Adviser
     remains in effect until February 28, 1996.  It may be continued

                                         B-20
<PAGE>






     indefinitely thereafter so long as such continuance is approved at least
     annually (i) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Portfolio
     who are not interested persons of the Portfolio or of the Investment
     Adviser cast in person at a meeting specifically called for the purpose of
     voting on such approval and (ii) by the Board of Trustees of the Portfolio
     or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the
     Portfolio.  The Agreement may be terminated at any time without penalty on
     sixty (60) days' written notice by the Board of Trustees of either party,
     or by vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the
     Portfolio, and the Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of
     its assignment.  The Agreement provides that the Investment Adviser may
     render services to others and engage in other business activities and may
     permit other fund clients and other corporations and organizations to use
     the words "Eaton Vance" or "Boston Management and Research" in their
     names.  The Agreement also provides that the Investment Adviser shall not
     be liable for any loss incurred in connection with the performance of its
     duties, or action taken or omitted under that Agreement, in the absence of
     willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence in the performance of its
     duties or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and
     duties thereunder, or for any losses sustained in the acquisition, holding
     or disposition of any security or other investment.

              BMR is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance.  Eaton Vance and
     EV are both wholly-owned subsidiaries of EVC.  BMR and Eaton Vance are
     both Massachusetts business trusts, and EV is the Trustee of the
     Investment Adviser and Eaton Vance.  The Directors of EV are Landon T.
     Clay, H. Day Brigham, Jr., M. Dozier Gardner, James B. Hawkes and Benjamin
     A. Rowland, Jr.  The Directors of EVC consist of the same persons and John
     G.L. Cabot and Ralph Z. Sorenson.  Mr. Clay is chairman and Mr. Gardner is
     president and chief executive officer of EVC, the Investment Adviser,
     Eaton Vance and EV.  All of the issued and outstanding shares of Eaton
     Vance and EV are owned by EVC.  All of the issued and outstanding shares
     of the Investment Adviser are owned by Eaton Vance.  All shares of the
     outstanding Voting Common Stock of EVC are deposited in a Voting Trust,
     which expires on December 31, 1996, the Voting Trustees of which are
     Messrs. Clay, Brigham, Gardner, Hawkes and Rowland.  The Voting Trustees
     have unrestricted voting rights for the election of Directors of EVC.  All
     of the outstanding voting trust receipts issued under said Voting Trust
     are owned by certain of the officers of the Investment Adviser and Eaton
     Vance who are also officers and Directors of EVC and EV.  As of April 30,
     1995, Messrs. Clay, Gardner and Hawkes each owned 24% of such voting trust
     receipts, and Messrs. Rowland and Brigham owned 15% and 13%, respectively,
     of such voting trust receipts.  Messrs. Hawkes and Otis are officers or
     Trustees of the Portfolio and are members of the EVC, Investment Adviser,
     Eaton Vance and EV organizations.  Messrs. Fetter, MacIntosh, Metzold,
     Murphy and O'Connor and Ms. Sanders are officers of the Portfolio and are
     members of the Investment Adviser, Eaton Vance and EV organizations.  BMR
     will receive the fees paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

              Eaton Vance owns all of the stock of Energex Corporation, which
     is engaged in oil and gas operations.  EVC owns all of the stock of
     Marblehead Energy Corp. (which is engaged in oil and gas operations) and

                                         B-21
<PAGE>






     77.3% of the stock of Investors Bank & Trust Company, custodian of the
     Portfolio, which provides custodial, trustee and other fiduciary services
     to investors, including individuals, employee benefit plans, corporations,
     investment companies, savings banks and other institutions.  In addition,
     Eaton Vance owns all of the stock of Northeast Properties, Inc., which is
     engaged in real estate investment, consulting and management.  EVC owns
     all of the stock of Fulcrum Management, Inc. and MinVen Inc., which are
     engaged in the development of precious metal properties.  EVC, the
     Investment Adviser, Eaton Vance and EV may also enter into other
     businesses.

              EVC and its affiliates and their officers and employees from time
     to time have transactions with various banks, including the custodian of
     the Portfolio, Investors Bank & Trust Company.  It is Eaton Vance's
     opinion that the terms and conditions of such transactions were not and
     will not be influenced by existing or potential custodial or other
     relationships between the Portfolio and such banks.

              CUSTODIAN.  Investors Bank & Trust Company ("IBT"), 24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts (a 77.3% owned subsidiary of EVC), acts as
     custodian for the Portfolio.  IBT has the custody of all of the
     Portfolio's assets, maintains the general ledger of the Portfolio and
     computes the daily net asset value of interests in the Portfolio.  In such
     capacity it attends to details in connection with the sale, exchange,
     substitution or transfer of, or other dealings with, the Portfolio's
     investments, receives and disburses all funds, and performs various other
     ministerial duties upon receipt of proper instructions from the Portfolio. 
     IBT charges fees which are competitive within the industry.  A portion of
     the fee relates to custody, bookkeeping and valuation services and is
     based upon a percentage of Portfolio net assets and a portion of the fee
     relates to activity charges, primarily the number of portfolio
     transactions.  These fees are then reduced by a credit for cash balances
     of the particular investment company at the custodian equal to 75% of the
     91-day, U.S. Treasury Bill auction rate applied to the particular
     investment company's average daily collected balances for the week.  In
     view of the ownership of EVC in IBT, the Portfolio is treated as a
     self-custodian pursuant to Rule 17f-2 under the 1940 Act, and the
     Portfolio's investments held by IBT as custodian are thus subject to the
     additional examinations by the Portfolio's independent certified public
     accountants as called for by such Rule. 

              INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS.  Deloitte & Touche LLP,
     125 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts, are the independent certified
     public accountants of the Portfolio, providing audit services, tax return
     preparation, and assistance and consultation with respect to the
     preparation of filings with the Commission.

     ITEM 17.  BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

              Decisions concerning the execution of portfolio security
     transactions, including the selection of the market and the executing


                                         B-22
<PAGE>






     firm, are made by BMR.  BMR is also responsible for the execution of
     transactions for all other accounts managed by it.

              BMR places the portfolio security transactions of the Portfolio
     and of all other accounts managed by it for execution with many firms. 
     BMR uses its best efforts to obtain execution of portfolio security
     transactions at prices which are advantageous to the Portfolio and at
     reasonably competitive spreads or (when a disclosed commission is being
     charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates.  In seeking such
     execution, BMR will use its best judgment in evaluating the terms of a
     transaction and will give consideration to various relevant factors
     including, without limitation, the size and type of the transaction, the
     nature and character of the market for the security, the confidentiality,
     speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction,
     the general execution and operational capabilities of the executing firm,
     the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the
     firm, the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this
     and other transactions, and the reasonableness of the spread or
     commission, if any.  Municipal obligations purchased and sold by the
     Portfolio are generally traded in the over-the-counter market on a net
     basis (i.e., without commission) through broker-dealers and banks acting
     for their own account rather than as brokers, or otherwise involve
     transactions directly with the issuer of such obligations.  Such firms
     attempt to profit from such transactions by buying at the bid price and
     selling at the higher asked price of the market for such obligations, and
     the difference between the bid and asked price is customarily referred to
     as the spread.  The Portfolio may also purchase municipal obligations from
     underwriters, the cost of which may include undisclosed fees and
     concessions to the underwriters.  While it is anticipated that the
     Portfolio will not pay significant brokerage commissions in connection
     with such portfolio security transactions, on occasion it may be necessary
     or appropriate to purchase or sell a security through a broker on an
     agency basis, in which case the Portfolio will incur a brokerage
     commission.  Although spreads or commissions on portfolio security
     transactions will, in the judgment of BMR, be reasonable in relation to
     the value of the services provided, spreads or commissions exceeding those
     which another firm might charge may be paid to firms who were selected to
     execute transactions on behalf of the Portfolio and BMR's other clients
     for providing brokerage and research services to BMR.

              As authorized in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of
     1934, a broker or dealer who executes a portfolio transaction on behalf of
     the Portfolio may receive a commission which is in excess of the amount of
     commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that
     transaction if BMR determines in good faith that such commission was
     reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services
     provided.  This determination may be made on the basis of either that
     particular transaction or on the basis of overall responsibilities which
     BMR and its affiliates have for accounts over which they exercise
     investment discretion.  In making any such determination, BMR will not
     attempt to place a specific dollar value on the brokerage and research
     services provided or to determine what portion of the commission should be

                                         B-23
<PAGE>






     related to such services.  Brokerage and research services may include
     advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in,
     purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or
     purchasers or sellers of securities; furnishing analyses and reports
     concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends,
     portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts; effecting securities
     transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as
     clearance and settlement); and the "Research Services" referred to in the
     next paragraph.

              It is a common practice of the investment advisory industry and
     of the advisers of investment companies, institutions and other investors
     to receive research, statistical and quotation services, data, information
     and other services, products and materials which assist such advisers in
     the performance of their investment responsibilities ("Research Services")
     from broker-dealer firms which execute portfolio transactions for the
     clients of such advisers and from third parties with which such
     broker-dealers have arrangements.  Consistent with this practice, BMR
     receives Research Services from many broker-dealer firms with which BMR
     places the Portfolio's transactions and from third parties with which
     these broker-dealers have arrangements.  These Research Services include
     such matters as general economic and market reviews, industry and company
     reviews, evaluations of securities and portfolio strategies and
     transactions and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities
     and other portfolio transactions, financial, industry and trade
     publications, news and information services, pricing and quotation
     equipment and services, and research oriented computer hardware, software,
     data bases and services.  Any particular Research Service obtained through
     a broker-dealer may be used by BMR in connection with client accounts
     other than those accounts which pay commissions to such broker-dealer. 
     Any such Research Service may be broadly useful and of value to BMR in
     rendering investment advisory services to all or a significant portion of
     its clients, or may be relevant and useful for the management of only one
     client's account or of a few clients' accounts, or may be useful for the
     management of merely a segment of certain clients' accounts, regardless of
     whether any such account or accounts paid commissions to the broker-dealer
     through which such Research Service was obtained.  The advisory fee paid
     by the Portfolio is not reduced because BMR receives such Research
     Services.  BMR evaluates the nature and quality of the various Research
     Services obtained through broker-dealer firms and attempts to allocate
     sufficient commissions to such firms to ensure the continued receipt of
     Research Services which BMR believes are useful or of value to it in
     rendering investment advisory services to its clients.

              Subject to the requirement that BMR shall use its best efforts to
     seek and execute portfolio security transactions at advantageous prices
     and at reasonably competitive spreads or commission rates, BMR is
     authorized to consider as a factor in the selection of any firm with whom
     portfolio orders may be placed the fact that such firm has sold or is
     selling shares of any investment company sponsored by BMR or Eaton Vance. 
     This policy is not inconsistent with a rule of the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc., which rule provides that no firm which is a

                                         B-24
<PAGE>






     member of the Association shall favor or disfavor the distribution of
     shares of any particular investment company or group of investment
     companies on the basis of brokerage commissions received or expected by
     such firm from any source.

              Municipal obligations considered as investments for the Portfolio
     may also be appropriate for other investment accounts managed by BMR or
     its affiliates.  BMR will attempt to allocate equitably portfolio security
     transactions among the Portfolio and the portfolios of its other
     investment accounts purchasing municipal obligations whenever decisions
     are made to purchase or sell securities by the Portfolio and one or more
     of such other accounts simultaneously.  In making such allocations, the
     main factors to be considered are the respective investment objectives of
     the Portfolio and such other accounts, the relative size of portfolio
     holdings of the same or comparable securities, the availability of cash
     for investment by the Portfolio and such accounts, the size of investment
     commitments generally held by the Portfolio and such accounts and the
     opinions of the persons responsible for recommending investments to the
     Portfolio and such accounts.  While this procedure could have a
     detrimental effect on the price or amount of the securities available to
     the Portfolio from time to time, it is the opinion of the Trustees of the
     Portfolio that the benefits available from the BMR organization outweigh
     any disadvantage that may arise from exposure to simultaneous
     transactions.

     ITEM 18.  CAPITAL STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES

              Under the Portfolio's Declaration of Trust, the Trustees are
     authorized to issue interests in the Portfolio.  Investors are entitled to
     participate pro rata in distributions of taxable income, loss, gain and
     credit of the Portfolio.  Upon dissolution of the Portfolio, the Trustees
     shall liquidate the assets of the Portfolio and apply and distribute the
     proceeds thereof as follows: (a) first, to the payment of all debts and
     obligations of the Portfolio to third parties including, without
     limitation, the retirement of outstanding debt, including any debt owed to
     holders of record of interests in the Portfolio ("Holders") or their
     affiliates, and the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any
     reserves for contingencies which may be necessary; and (b) second, in
     accordance with the Holders' positive Book Capital Account balances after
     adjusting Book Capital Accounts for certain allocations provided in the
     Declaration of Trust and in accordance with the requirements described in
     Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine that an immediate sale of part
     or all of the assets of the Portfolio would cause undue loss to the
     Holders, the Trustees, in order to avoid such loss, may, after having
     given notification to all the Holders, to the extent not then prohibited
     by the law of any jurisdiction in which the Portfolio is then formed or
     qualified and applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of
     and withhold from distribution for a reasonable time any assets of the
     Portfolio except those necessary to satisfy the Portfolio's debts and
     obligations or distribute the Portfolio's assets to the Holders in
     liquidation.  Interests in the Portfolio have no preference, preemptive,

                                         B-25
<PAGE>






     conversion or similar rights and are fully paid and nonassessable, except
     as set forth below.  Interests in the Portfolio may not be transferred. 
     Certificates representing an investor's interest in the Portfolio are
     issued only upon the written request of a Holder.

              Each Holder is entitled to vote in proportion to the amount of
     its interest in the Portfolio.  Holders do not have cumulative voting
     rights.  The Portfolio is not required and has no current intention to
     hold annual meetings of Holders, but the Portfolio will hold meetings of
     Holders when in the judgment of the Portfolio's Trustees it is necessary
     or desirable to submit matters to a vote of Holders at a meeting.  Any
     action which may be taken by Holders may be taken without a meeting if
     Holders holding more than 50% of all interests entitled to vote (or such
     larger proportion thereof as shall be required by any express provision of
     the Declaration of Trust of the Portfolio) consent to the action in
     writing and the consents are filed with the records of meetings of
     Holders.

              The Portfolio's Declaration of Trust may be amended by vote of
     Holders of more than 50% of all interests in the Portfolio at any meeting
     of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a
     majority of the Trustees and consented to by the Holders of more than 50%
     of all interests.  The Trustees may also amend the Declaration of Trust
     (without the vote or consent of Holders) to change the Portfolio's name or
     the state or other jurisdiction whose law shall be the governing law, to
     supply any omission or cure, correct or supplement any ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent provision, to conform the Declaration of Trust
     to applicable federal law or regulations or to the requirements of the
     Internal Revenue Code, or to change, modify or rescind any provision,
     provided that such change, modification or rescission is determined by the
     Trustees to be necessary or appropriate and not to have a materially
     adverse effect on the financial interests of the Holders.  No amendment of
     the Declaration of Trust which would change any rights with respect to any
     Holder's interest in the Portfolio by reducing the amount payable thereon
     upon liquidation of the Portfolio may be made, except with the vote or
     consent of the Holders of two-thirds of all interests.  References in the
     Declaration of Trust and in Part A or this Part B to a specified
     percentage of, or fraction of, interests in the Portfolio, means Holders
     whose combined Book Capital Account balances represent such specified
     percentage or fraction of the combined Book Capital Account balance of
     all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              The Portfolio may merge or consolidate with any other
     corporation, association, trust or other organization or may sell or
     exchange all or substantially all of its assets upon such terms and
     conditions and for such consideration when and as authorized by the
     Holders of (a) 67% or more of the interests in the Portfolio present or
     represented at the meeting of Holders, if Holders of more than 50% of all
     interests are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of all
     interests, whichever is less.  The Portfolio may be terminated (i) by the
     affirmative vote of Holders of not less than two-thirds of all interests
     at any meeting of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a

                                         B-26
<PAGE>






     meeting, executed by a majority of the Trustees and consented to by
     Holders of not less than two-thirds of all interests, or (ii) by the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.

              In accordance with the Declaration of Trust, there normally will
     be no meetings of the investors for the purpose of electing Trustees
     unless and until such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding
     office have been elected by investors.  In such an event, the Trustees of
     the Portfolio then in office will call an investors' meeting for the
     election of Trustees.  Except for the foregoing circumstances, and unless
     removed by action of the investors in accordance with the Portfolio's
     Declaration of Trust, the Trustees shall continue to hold office and may
     appoint successor Trustees.

              The Declaration of Trust provides that no person shall serve as a
     Trustee if investors holding two-thirds of the outstanding interests have
     removed him from that office either by a written declaration or by votes
     cast at a meeting called for that purpose.  The Declaration of Trust
     further provides that under certain circumstances, the investors may call
     a meeting to remove a Trustee and that the Portfolio is required to
     provide assistance in communicating with investors about such a meeting.

              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York.  Investors in the Portfolio will be held personally liable
     for its obligations and liabilities, subject, however, to indemnification
     by the Portfolio in the event that there is imposed upon an investor a
     greater portion of the liabilities and obligations of the Portfolio than
     its proportionate interest in the Portfolio.  The Portfolio intends to
     maintain fidelity and errors and omissions  insurance deemed adequate by
     the Trustees.  Therefore, the risk of an investor incurring financial loss
     on account of investor liability is limited to circumstances in which both
     inadequate insurance existed and the Portfolio itself was unable to meet
     its obligations.

              The Declaration of Trust further provides that obligations of the
     Portfolio are not binding upon the Trustees individually but only upon the
     property of the Portfolio and that the Trustees will not be liable for any
     action or failure to act, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects
     a Trustee against any liability to which he would otherwise be subject by
     reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

     ITEM 19.  PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SECURITIES 

              Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve any "public offering" within the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.  See "Purchase of Interests
     in the Portfolio" and "Redemption or Decrease of Interest" in Part A.

     ITEM 20.  TAX STATUS



                                         B-27
<PAGE>






              The Portfolio has been advised by tax counsel that, provided the
     Portfolio is operated at all times during its existence in accordance with
     certain organizational and operational documents, the Portfolio should be
     classified as a partnership under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended (the "Code"), and it should not be a "publicly traded partnership"
     within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code. Consequently, the
     Portfolio does not expect that it will be required to pay any federal
     income tax, and a Holder will be required to take into account in
     determining its federal income tax liability its share of the Portfolio's
     income, gains, losses, deductions and tax preference items.

              Under Subchapter K of the Code, a partnership is considered to be
     either an aggregate of its members or a separate entity depending upon the
     factual and legal context in which the question arises. Under the
     aggregate approach, each partner is treated as an owner of an undivided
     interest in partnership assets and operations. Under the entity approach,
     the partnership is treated as a separate entity in which partners have no
     direct interest in partnership assets and operations. The Portfolio has
     been advised by tax counsel that, in the case of a Holder that seeks to
     qualify as a RIC, the aggregate approach should apply, and each such
     Holder should accordingly be deemed to own a proportionate share of each
     of the assets of the Portfolio and to be entitled to the gross income of
     the Portfolio attributable to that share for purposes of all requirements
     of Sections 851(b) and 852(b)(5) of the Code. Further, the Portfolio has
     been advised by tax counsel that each Holder that seeks to qualify as a
     RIC should be deemed to hold its proportionate share of the Portfolio's
     assets for the period the Portfolio has held the assets or for the period
     the Holder has been an investor in the Portfolio, whichever is shorter.
     Investors should consult their tax advisers regarding whether the entity
     or the aggregate approach applies to their investment in the Portfolio in
     light of their particular tax status and any special tax rules applicable
     to them.

              In order to enable a Holder that is otherwise eligible to qualify
     as a RIC, the Portfolio intends to satisfy the requirements of Subchapter
     M of the Code relating to sources of income and diversification of assets
     as if they were applicable to the Portfolio and to allocate and permit
     withdrawals in a manner that will enable a Holder which is a RIC to comply
     with those requirements. The Portfolio will allocate at least annually to
     each Holder it's distributive share of the Portfolio's net investment
     income, net realized capital gains, and any other items of income, gain,
     loss, deduction or credit in a manner intended to comply with the Code and
     applicable Treasury regulations. Tax counsel has advised the Portfolio
     that the Portfolio's allocations of taxable income and loss should have
     "economic effect" under applicable Treasury regulations.

              To the extent the cash proceeds of any withdrawal (or, under
     certain circumstances, such proceeds plus the value of any marketable
     securities distributed to an investor) ("liquid proceeds") exceed a
     Holder's adjusted basis of his interest in the Portfolio, the Holder will
     generally realize a gain for federal income tax purposes. If, upon a
     complete withdrawal (redemption of the entire interest), the Holder's

                                         B-28
<PAGE>






     adjusted basis of his interest exceeds the liquid proceeds of such
     withdrawal, the Holder will generally realize a loss for federal income
     tax purposes.  The tax consequences of a withdrawal of property (instead
     of or in addition to liquid proceeds) will be different and will depend on
     the specific factual circumstances.  A Holder's adjusted basis of an
     interest in the Portfolio will generally be the aggregate prices paid
     therefor (including the adjusted basis of contributed property and any
     gain recognized on such contribution), increased by the amounts of the
     Holder's distributive share of items of income (including interest income
     exempt from federal income tax) and realized net gain of the Portfolio,
     and reduced, but not below zero, by (i) the amounts of the Holder's
     distributive share of items of Portfolio loss, and (ii) the amount of any
     cash distributions (including distributions of interest income exempt from
     federal income tax and cash distributions on withdrawals from the
     Portfolio) and the basis to the Holder of any property received by such
     Holder other than in liquidation, and (iii) the Holder's distributive
     share of the Portfolio's nondeductible expenditures not properly
     chargeable to capital account.  Increases or decreases in a Holder's share
     of the Portfolio's liabilities may also result in corresponding increases
     or decreases in such adjusted basis.  Distributions of liquid proceeds in
     excess of a Holder's adjusted basis in its interest in the Portfolio
     immediately prior thereto generally will result in the recognition of gain
     to the Holder in the amount of such excess.

              The Portfolio may acquire zero coupon or other securities issued
     with original issue discount.  As the holder of those securities, the
     Portfolio must account for the original issue discount (even on municipal
     securities) that accrues on the securities during the taxable year, even
     if it receives no corresponding payment on the securities during the year. 
     Because each Holder that is a RIC annually must distribute substantially
     all of its investment company taxable income and net tax-exempt income,
     including any original issue discount, to qualify for treatment as a RIC,
     any such Holder may be required in a particular year to distribute as an
     "exempt-interest dividend" an amount that is greater than its pro-
     portionate share of the total amount of cash the Portfolio actually
     receives.  Those distributions will be made from the Holder's cash assets,
     if any, or from its proportionate share of the Portfolio's cash assets or
     the proceeds of sales of the Portfolio's securities, if necessary.  The
     Portfolio may realize capital gains or losses from those sales, which
     would increase or decrease the investment company taxable income and/or
     net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-
     term capital loss) of a Holder that is a RIC.  In addition, any such gains
     may be realized on the disposition of securities held for less than three
     months.  Because of the Short-Short Limitation (defined below), any such
     gains would reduce the Portfolio's ability to sell other securities, or
     options or futures contracts, held for less than three months that it
     might wish to sell in the ordinary course of its portfolio management.

              Investments in lower rated or unrated securities may present
     special tax issues for the Portfolio and hence to an investor in the
     Portfolio to the extent actual or anticipated defaults may be more likely
     with respect to such securities.  Tax rules are not entirely clear about

                                         B-29
<PAGE>






     issues such as when the Portfolio may cease to accrue interest, original
     issue discount, or market discount; when and to what extent deductions may
     be taken for bad debts or worthless securities; how payments received on
     obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income;
     and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a workout context are
     taxable.

              In order for a Holder that is a RIC to be entitled to pay the
     tax-exempt interest income the Portfolio allocates to it as
     exempt-interest dividends to its shareholders, the Holder must satisfy
     certain requirements, including the requirement that, at the close of each
     quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets
     consists of obligations the interest on which is excludable from gross
     income under Section 103(a) of the Code.  The Portfolio intends to
     concentrate its investments in such tax-exempt obligations to an extent
     that will enable a RIC that invests its investable assets in the Portfolio
     to satisfy this 50% requirement.  

              Interest on certain municipal obligations is treated as a tax
     preference item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax. 
     Holders that are required to file federal income tax returns are required
     to report tax-exempt interest allocated to them by the Portfolio on such
     returns.

              From time to time proposals have been introduced before Congress
     for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax
     exemption for interest on certain types of municipal obligations, and it
     can be expected that similar proposals may be introduced in the future. 
     Under federal tax legislation enacted in 1986, the federal income tax
     exemption for interest on certain municipal obligations was eliminated or
     restricted.  As a result of such legislation, the availability of
     municipal obligations for investment by the Portfolio and the value of the
     Portfolio may be affected.

              In the course of managing its investments, the Portfolio may
     realize some short-term and long-term capital gains (and/or losses) as a
     result of market transactions, including sales of portfolio securities and
     rights to when-issued securities and options and futures transactions. 
     The Portfolio may also realize taxable income from certain short-term
     taxable obligations, securities loans, a portion of original issue
     discount with respect to certain stripped municipal obligations or their
     stripped coupons and certain realized accrued market discount.  Any
     allocations of such capital gains or other taxable income to Holders would
     be taxable to Holders that are subject to tax.  However, it is expected
     that such amounts, if any, would normally be insubstantial in relation to
     the tax-exempt interest earned by the Portfolio.

              The Portfolio's transactions in options and futures contracts
     will be subject to special tax rules that may affect the amount, timing
     and character of its items of income, gain or loss and hence the
     allocations of such items to investors.  For example, certain positions
     held by the Portfolio on the last business day of each taxable year will

                                         B-30
<PAGE>






     be marked to market (i.e., treated as if closed out on such day), and any
     resulting gain or loss will generally be treated as 60% long-term and 40%
     short-term capital gain or loss.  Certain positions held by the Portfolio
     that substantially diminish the Portfolio's risk of loss with respect to
     other positions in its portfolio may constitute "straddles," which are
     subject to tax rules that may cause deferral of Portfolio losses,
     adjustments in the holding period of Portfolio securities and conversion
     of short-term into long-term capital losses.  

              Income from transactions in options and futures contracts derived
     by the Portfolio with respect to its business of investing in securities
     will qualify as permissible income for its Holders that are RICs under the
     requirement that at least 90% of a RIC's gross income each taxable year
     consist of specified types of income.  However, income from the dispo-
     sition by the Portfolio of options and futures contracts held for less
     than three months will be subject to the requirement applicable to those
     Holders that less than 30% of a RIC's gross income each taxable year
     consist of certain short-term gains ("Short-Short Limitation").

              If the Portfolio satisfies certain requirements, any increase in
     value of a position that is part of a "designated hedge" will be offset by
     any decrease in value (whether realized or not) of the offsetting hedging
     position during the period of the hedge for purposes of determining
     whether the Holders that are RICs satisfy the Short-Short Limitation. 
     Thus, only the net gain (if any) from the designated hedge will be
     included in gross income for purposes of that limitation.  The Portfolio
     will consider whether it should seek to qualify for this treatment for its
     hedging transactions.  To the extent the Portfolio does not so qualify, it
     may be forced to defer the closing out of options and futures contracts
     beyond the time when it otherwise would be advantageous to do so, in order
     for Holders that are RICs to continue to qualify as such.

              Interest on indebtedness incurred or continued by an investor to
     purchase or carry an investment in the Portfolio is not deductible to the
     extent it is deemed attributable to the investor's investment, through the
     Portfolio, in tax-exempt obligations.  Further, persons who are
     "substantial users" (or persons related to "substantial users") of
     facilities financed by industrial development or private activity bonds
     should consult their tax advisers before investing in the Portfolio. 
     "Substantial user" is defined in applicable Treasury regulations to
     include a "non-exempt person" who regularly uses in trade or business a
     part of a facility financed from the proceeds of industrial development
     bonds and would likely be interpreted to include private activity bonds
     issued to finance similar facilities.

              An entity that is treated as a partnership under the Code, such
     as the Portfolio, is generally treated as a partnership under state and
     local tax laws, but certain states may have different entity
     classification criteria and may therefore reach a different conclusion. 
     Entities that are classified as partnerships are not treated as separate
     taxable entities under most state and local tax laws, and the income of a
     partnership is considered to be income of partners both in timing and in

                                         B-31
<PAGE>






     character.  The exemption of interest income for federal income tax
     purposes does not necessarily result in exemption under the income or tax
     laws of any state or local taxing authority.  The laws of the various
     states and local taxing authorities vary with respect to the taxation of
     such interest income, as well as to the status of a partnership interest
     under state and local tax laws, and each holder of an interest in the
     Portfolio is advised to consult his or her own tax adviser.

              The foregoing discussion does not address the special tax rules
     applicable to certain classes of investors, such as tax-exempt entities,
     insurance companies and financial institutions.  Investors should consult
     their own tax advisers with respect to special tax rules that may apply in
     their particular situations, as well as the state, local or foreign tax
     consequences of investing in the Portfolio.

     ITEM 21.  UNDERWRITERS

              The placement agent for the Portfolio is Eaton Vance
     Distributors, Inc., which receives no compensation for serving in this
     capacity.  Investment companies, common and commingled trust funds and
     similar organizations and entities may continuously invest in the
     Portfolio.

     ITEM 22.  CALCULATION OF PERFORMANCE DATA

     Not applicable.

     ITEM 23.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

              The following financial statements of the Portfolio included
     herein have been included in reliance upon the report of Deloitte and
     Touche LLP, independent certified public accountants, as experts in
     accounting and auditing.

              Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of May 1, 1995

              Independent Auditors' Report
















                                         B-32
<PAGE>






                                FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                           HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO

                         STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
                                     May 1, 1995


     Assets:
              Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $100,020
              Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .    22,050
                                                                        --------
                      Total assets   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $122,070

     Liabilities:
              Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    22,050
                                                                        --------
     Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $100,020
                                                                        ========

     NOTES:
     (1)      High Yield Municipals Portfolio (the "Portfolio") was organized
              as a New York Trust on May 1, 1995 and has been inactive since
              that date, except as to matters relating to its organization and
              registration as an investment company under the Investment
              Company Act of 1940 and the sale of its interests therein at the
              purchase price of $100,000 to Boston Management and Research and
              the sale of interests therein at the purchase price of $20 to
              Eaton Vance Management (the "Initial Interests").
     (2)      Organization expenses are being deferred and will be amortized on
              a straight line basis over a period not exceeding five years,
              commencing on the effective date of the Portfolio's initial
              offering of its interests.  The amount paid by the Portfolio on
              any withdrawal by the holders of the initial interests of any of
              the respective Initial Interests will be reduced by a portion of
              any unamortized organization expenses, determined by the
              proportion of the amount of the initial interests withdrawn to
              the Initial Interest then outstanding.
     (3)      At 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on each business day of the
              Portfolio, the value of an investor's interest in the Portfolio
              is equal to the product of (i) the aggregate net asset value of
              the Portfolio multiplied by (ii) the percentage representing that
              investor's share of the aggregate interest in the Portfolio
              effective for that day.









                                         B-33
<PAGE>






                             INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

     To the Trustees and Investors of High Yield Municipals Portfolio:

              We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and
     liabilities of High Yield Municipals Portfolio (a New York Trust) as of
     May 1, 1995.  This financial statement is the responsibility of the
     Trust's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this
     financial statement based on our audit.

              We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted
     accounting standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform
     the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
     statement is free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining,
     on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
     financial statement.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting
     principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
     evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that
     our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

              In our opinion, such statement as assets and liabilities presents
     fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of High Yield
     Municipals Portfolio as of May 1, 1995 in conformity with generally
     accepted accounting principles.



     Deloitte & Touche LLP

     Boston, Massachusetts
     May 3, 1995






















                                         B-34
<PAGE>






                                       APPENDIX

                          Description of Securities Ratings+

                           Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     MUNICIPAL BONDS

     Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.  They
     carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to
     as "gilt edged."  Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
     exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.  While the various
     protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be
     visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position
     of such issues.

     Aa: Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
     standards.  Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally
     known as high grade bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds
     because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or
     fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there
     may be other elements present which make the long term risk appear
     somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

     A: Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes
     and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations.  Factors
     giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but
     elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment
     sometime in the future.

     Baa: Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations
     (i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured).  Interest
     payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but
     certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically
     unreliable over any great length of time.  Such bonds lack outstanding
     investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as
     well.

     Ba: Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
     their future cannot be considered as well assured.  Often the protection
     of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not
     well safeguarded during other good and bad times over the future. 
     Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.


     ---------------
     + The ratings indicated herein are believed to be the most recent ratings
     available at the date of this Registration Statement for the securities
     listed.  Ratings are generally given to securities at the time of
     issuance.  While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such
     ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so, and the ratings indicated


                                         a-1
<PAGE>






     do not necessarily represent ratings which would be given to these
     securities on the date of the Portfolio's fiscal year end.

     B: Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
     investment.  Assurance of interest and principal payments or of
     maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time
     may be small.

     Caa: Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such issues may be
     in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to
     principal or interest.

     Ca: Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative
     in a high degree.  Such issues are often in default or have other marked
     shortcomings.

     C: Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues
     so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever
     attaining any real investment standing.

     ABSENCE OF RATING: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has
     been suspended or withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the
     quality of the issue. 

     Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

              1.      An application for rating was not received or accepted.
              2.      The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or
                      companies that are not rated as a matter of policy.
              3.      There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue
     or issuer.
              4.      The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating
                      is not published in Moody's publications.

     Suspension or withdrawal may occur if new and material circumstances
     arise, the effects of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no
     longer available reasonable up-to-date data to permit a judgment to be
     formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

     NOTE:  Moody's applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3 in each generic
     rating classification from Aa through B in its corporate bond rating
     system.  The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher
     end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range
     ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower
     end of its generic rating category.

     MUNICIPAL SHORT-TERM OBLIGATIONS

     RATINGS:  Moody's ratings for state and municipal short-term obligations
     will be designated Moody's Investment Grade or (MIG).  Such rating
     recognizes the differences between short term credit risk and long term
     risk.  Factors affecting the liquidity of the borrower and short term

                                         a-2
<PAGE>






     cyclical elements are critical in short term ratings, while other factors
     of major importance in bond risk, long term secular trends for example,
     may be less important over the short run.

     A short term rating may also be assigned on an issue having a demand
     feature, variable rate demand obligation (VRDO).  Such ratings will be
     designated as VMIGI, SG or if the demand feature is not rated, NR.  A
     short term rating on issues with demand features are differentiated by the
     use of the VMIGI symbol to reflect such characteristics as payment upon
     periodic demand rather than fixed maturity dates and payment relying on
     external liquidity.  Additionally, investors should be alert to the fact
     that the source of payment may be limited to the external liquidity with
     no or limited legal recourse to the issuer in the event the demand is not
     met.

     COMMERCIAL PAPER

     Moody's commercial paper ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
     repay punctually promissory obligations not having an original maturity in
     excess of 365 days.

     Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated PRIME-1 (P-1) have a superior
     ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.  Prime-1 or
     P-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following
     characteristics:

       -      Leading market positions in well established industries.

       -      High rates of return on funds employed.

       -      Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on
              debt and ample asset protection.

       -      Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and
              high internal cash generation.

       -      Well established access to a range of financial markets and
              assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     PRIME-2

     Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated PRIME-2 (P-2) have a strong
     ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.  This will
     normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but to a
     lesser degree.  Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be
     more subject to variation.  Capitalization characteristics, while still
     appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate
     liquidity is maintained.

     PRIME-3



                                         a-3
<PAGE>






     Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated PRIME-3 (P-3) have an
     acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligations.  The
     effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more
     pronounced.  Variability in earnings and profitability may result in
     changes in the level of debt protection measurements and may require
     relatively high financial leverage.  Adequate alternate liquidity is
     maintained.














































                                         a-4
<PAGE>






                           STANDARD & POOR'S RATINGS GROUP

     INVESTMENT GRADE

     AAA: Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P.  Capacity to
     pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

     AA: Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and differs
     from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

     A: Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal
     although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes
     in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated
     categories.

     BBB: Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay
     interest and repay principal.  Whereas it normally exhibit adequate
     protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing
     circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay
     interest and repay principal for debt in this category than in higher
     rated categories.

     SPECULATIVE GRADE

     Debt rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C is regarded as having predominantly
     speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and
     repay principal.  BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the
     highest.  While such debt will likely have some quality and protective
     characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major
     exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB: Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other
     speculative issues.  However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or
     exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which
     could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal
     payments.  The BB rating category is also used for debt subordinated to
     senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB-  rating.

     B: Debt rated B has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has
     the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments.  Adverse
     business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or
     willingness to pay interest and repay principal.  The B rating category is
     also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual
     or implied BB or BB- rating.

     CCC: Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default,
     and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
     conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. 
     In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is
     not likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  The
     CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that
     is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

                                         a-5
<PAGE>






     CC: The rating CC is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

     C: The rating C is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating.  The C rating may
     be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed,
     but debt service payments are continued.

     C1: The Rating C1 is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is
     being paid.

     D: Debt rated D is in payment default.  The D rating category is used when
     interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even
     if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that
     such payments will be made during such grace period.  The D rating also
     will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service
     payments are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the
     addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the
     major rating categories.

     p: The letter "p" indicates that the rating is provisional.  A provisional
     rating assumes the successful completion of the project being financed by
     the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service
     requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful and
     timely  completion of the project.  This rating, however, while addressing
     credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment
     on the likelihood of, or the risk of default upon failure of such
     completion.  The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to
     such likelihood and risk.

     L: The letter "L" indicates that the rating pertains to the principal
     amount of those bonds to the extent that the underlying deposit collateral
     is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp. and interest is
     adequately collateralized.  In the case of certificates of deposit the
     letter "L" indicates that the deposit, combined with other deposits, being
     held in the same right and capacity, will be honored for principal and
     accrued pre-default interest up to the federal insurance limits within 30
     days after closing of the insured institution or, in the event that the
     deposit is assumed by a successor insured institution, upon maturity.

     NR: NR indicates no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient
     information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a
     particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

     MUNICIPAL NOTES

     S&P's note ratings reflect the liquidity concerns and market access risks
     unique to notes.  Notes due in 3 years or less will likely receive a note
     rating.  Notes maturing beyond 3 years will most likely receive a


                                         a-6
<PAGE>






     long-term debt rating.  The following criteria will be used in making that
     assessment:

       -      Amortization schedule (the larger the final maturity relative to
              other maturities the more likely it will be treated as a note).

       -      Sources of payment (the more dependent the issue is on the market
              for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a
              note).

     Note rating symbols are as follows:

     SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest.  Those issues
     determined to possess very strong characteristics will be given a plus(+)
     designation.

     SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest with some
     vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the terms of
     the note.

     SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

     COMMERCIAL PAPER

     S&P's commercial paper ratings are a current assessment of the likelihood
     of timely payment of debts considered short-term in the relevant market.

     A: Issues assigned this highest rating are regarded as having the greatest
     capacity for timely payment.  Issues in this category are delineated with
     the numbers 1, 2 and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

     A-1: This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
     payment is strong.  Those issues determined to possess extremely strong
     safety characteristics are denoted with a plus (+) sign designation.

     A-2: Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is
     satisfactory.  However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as
     for issues designated "A-1".

     A-3: Issues carrying this designation have adequate capacity for timely
     payment.  They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of
     changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher
     designations.

     B: Issues rated "B" are regarded as having only speculative capacity for
     timely payment.

     C: This rating is assigned to short term debt obligations with doubtful
     capacity for payment.

     D: Debt rated 'D' is in payment default.  The 'D' rating category is used
     when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due,

                                         a-7
<PAGE>






     even if the applicable grace period had not expired, unless S&P believes
     that such payments will be made during such grace period.



















































                                         a-8
<PAGE>






                            FITCH INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.

     INVESTMENT GRADE BOND RATINGS

     AAA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit
     quality.  The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest
     and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected by reasonably
     foreseeable events.

     AA: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit
     quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is
     very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated 'AAA'.  Because
     bonds rated in the 'AAA' and 'AA' categories are not significantly
     vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these
     issuers is generally rated 'F-1+'.

     A: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. 
     The obligors ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to
     be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic
     conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

     BBB: Bonds considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory credit
     quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal is
     considered to be adequate.  Adverse changes in economic conditions and
     circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these
     bonds, and therefore, impair timely payment.  The likelihood that the
     ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for
     bonds with higher ratings.

     HIGH YIELD BOND RATINGS

     BB: Bonds are considered speculative.  The obligor's ability to pay
     interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic
     changes.  However, business and financial alternatives can be identified
     that could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

     B: Bonds are considered highly speculative.  While bonds in this class are
     currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued
     timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor's limited
     margin of safety and the need for reasonable business and economic
     activity throughout the life of the issue.

     CCC: Bonds have certain identifiable characteristics which, if not
     remedied, may lead to default.  The ability to meet obligations requires
     an advantageous business and economic environment.

     CC: Bonds are minimally protected.  Default in payment of interest and/or
     principal seems probable over time.

     C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.



                                         a-9
<PAGE>






     DDD, DD, and D: Bonds are in default on interest and/or principal
     payments.  Such bonds are extremely speculative and should be valued on
     the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or
     reorganization of the obligor.  `DDD' represents the highest potential for
     recovery on these bonds, and `D' represents the lowest potential for
     recovery.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to C may be modified by the
     addition of a plus or minus sign to indicate the relative position of a
     credit within the rating category.

     NR: Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.

     CONDITIONAL: A conditional rating is premised on the successful completion
     of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.

     INVESTMENT GRADE SHORT-TERM RATINGS

     Fitch's short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on
     demand or have original maturities of generally up to three years,
     including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes,
     and municipal and investment notes.

     F-1+: Exceptionally Strong Credit Quality.  Issues assigned this rating
     are regarded as having the strongest degree of assurance for timely
     payment.

     F-1: Very Strong Credit Quality.  Issues assigned this rating reflect an
     assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated
     'F-1+'.

     F-2: Good Credit Quality.  Issues carrying this rating have a satisfactory
     degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as
     great as the `F-1+' and `F-1' categories.

     F-3: Fair Credit Quality.  Issues carrying this rating have
     characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment
     is adequate; however, near-term adverse change could cause these
     securities to be rated below investment grade.

                                   * * * * * * * *

     NOTES: Bonds which are unrated expose the investor to risks with respect
     to capacity to pay interest or repay principal which are similar to the
     risks of lower-rated speculative bonds.  The Portfolio is dependent on the
     Investment Adviser's judgment, analysis and experience in the evaluation
     of such bonds.

     Investors should note that the assignment of a rating to a bond by a
     rating service may not reflect the effect of recent developments on the
     issuer's ability to make interest and principal payments.


                                         a-10
<PAGE>






                                       PART C 


     ITEM 24.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

              (a)     Financial Statements

                      The financial statements called for by this Item are
                      included in Part B and listed in Item 23 hereof.

              (b)     Exhibits

                      1.       Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1995 filed
                               herewith.

                      2.       By-Laws of the Registrant adopted May 1, 1995
                               filed herewith.

                      5.       Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the
                               Registrant and Boston Management and Research
                               filed herewith.

                      6.       Form of Placement Agent Agreement with Eaton
                               Vance Distributors, Inc. filed herewith.

                      8.       Custodian Agreement with Investors Bank & Trust
                               Company filed herewith.

                      13.      Investment representation letter of Boston
                               Management and Research dated May 1, 1995 filed
                               herewith.

     ITEM 25.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT

              Not applicable.

     ITEM 26.  NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

                   (1)                       (2)
                                          Number of
              Title of Class           Record Holders
              -------------        ------------------
                                   As of May 15, 1995

               Interests                      2                                








                                         c-1
<PAGE>






     ITEM 27.  INDEMNIFICATION

              Reference is hereby made to Article V of the Registrant's
     Declaration of Trust, filed as an Exhibit herewith.

              The Trustees and officers of the Registrant and the personnel of
     the Registrant's investment adviser are insured under an errors and
     omissions liability insurance policy.  The Registrant and its officers are
     also insured under the fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940.

     ITEM 28.  BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS

              To the knowledge of the Portfolio, none of the trustees or
     officers of the Portfolio's investment adviser, except as set forth on its
     Form ADV as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is engaged
     in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial
     nature, except that certain trustees and officers also hold various
     positions with and engage in business for affiliates of the investment
     adviser.

     ITEM 29.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

              Not applicable.

     ITEM 30.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

              All applicable accounts, books and documents required to be
     maintained by the Registrant by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company
     Act of 1940 and the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and
     custody of the Registrant's custodian, Investors Bank & Trust Company, 24
     Federal Street, Boston, MA  02110 and 89 South Street, Boston, MA  02111,
     and its transfer agent, The Shareholder Services Group, Inc., 53 State
     Street, Boston, MA  02104, with the exception of certain corporate
     documents and portfolio trading documents which are in the possession and
     custody of the Registrant's investment adviser at 24 Federal Street,
     Boston, MA  02110.  The Registrant is informed that all applicable
     accounts, books and documents required to be maintained by registered
     investment advisers are in the custody and possession of the Registrant's
     investment adviser.

     ITEM 31.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES

              Not applicable.

     ITEM 32.  UNDERTAKINGS

              Not applicable.





                                         c-2
<PAGE>






                                     SIGNATURES 


              Pursuant to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of
     1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form
     N-1A to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
     authorized, in the City of Boston and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts on
     the 17th day of May, 1995.

                               HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO


                               By:/s/ Thomas J. Fetter
                                 -----------------------------
                                  Thomas J. Fetter
                                  President





































                                         c-3
<PAGE>






                                  INDEX TO EXHIBITS


     Exhibit No.      Description of Exhibit
     -----------      ----------------------

              1.      Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1995.

              2.      By-Laws of the Registrant adopted May 1, 1995.

              5.      Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between the
                      Registrant and Boston Management and Research.

              6.      Form of Placement Agent Agreement with Eaton Vance
                      Distributors, Inc.

              8.      Custodian Agreement with Investors Bank & Trust Company.

              13.     Investment representation letter of Boston Management and
                      Research dated May 1, 1995.

































                                         c-4
<PAGE>



















                           HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO

                           --------------------------------

                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                               Dated as of May 1, 1995
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

     ARTICLE I--The Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

              Section 1.1      Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
              Section 1.2      Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

              Section 2.1      Number and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.2      Term and Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.3      Resignation, Removal and Retirement . . . . .   4
              Section 2.4      Vacancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.5      Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.6      Officers; Chairman of the Board . . . . . . .   5
              Section 2.7      By-Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE III--Powers of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

              Section 3.1      General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.2      Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.3      Legal Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.4      Sale and Increases of Interests . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.5      Decreases and Redemptions of Interests  . . .   7
              Section 3.6      Borrow Money  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.7      Delegation; Committees  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.8      Collection and Payment  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.9      Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 3.10     Miscellaneous Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 3.11     Further Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 3.12     Litigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE IV- Investment Advisory, Administration and 
                  Placement Agent Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

              Section 4.1      Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
                               Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
              Section 4.2      Parties to Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

     ARTICLE V--Liability of Holders; Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                 Officers, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

              Section 5.1      Liability of Holders; Indemnification . . . .  10
              Section 5.2      Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
                               Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors
                               to Third Parties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.3      Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
                               Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors
                               to Trust, Holders, etc. . . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.4      Mandatory Indemnification . . . . . . . . . .  10

                                          i
<PAGE>






              Section 5.5      No Bond Required of Trustees  . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 5.6      No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust 
                               Instruments, etc  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 5.7      Reliance on Experts, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VI--Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              Section 6.1      Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 6.2      Non-Transferability . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 6.3      Register of Interests . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VII--Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests  . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VIII--Determination of Book Capital Account Balances,
                    and Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 8.1      Book Capital Account Balances . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 8.2      Allocations and Distributions to Holders  . .  13
              Section 8.3      Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures  . . . .  13

     ARTICLE IX--Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14

              Section 9.1      Rights of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.2      Meetings of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.3      Notice of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.4      Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  14
              Section 9.5      Proxies, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 9.6      Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 9.7      Inspection of Records . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 9.8      Holder Action by Written Consent  . . . . . .  15
              Section 9.9      Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

     ARTICLE X--Duration; Termination; Amendment; Mergers; Etc.  . . . . . .  16

              Section 10.1     Duration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
              Section 10.2     Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.3     Dissolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
              Section 10.4     Amendment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
              Section 10.5     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets  . .  19
              Section 10.6     Incorporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

     ARTICLE XI--Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

              Section 11.1     Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
              Section 11.2     Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
              Section 11.3     Reliance by Third Parties . . . . . . . . . .  20
              Section 11.4     Provisions in Conflict With Law or 
                               Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20





                                          ii
<PAGE>






                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                          OF

                           HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                           -------------------------------

              This DECLARATION OF TRUST of High Yield Municipals Portfolio is
     made as of the 1st day of May, 1995 by the parties signatory hereto, as
     Trustees (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof).

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                -  - - - - - - - - -
              WHEREAS, the Trustees desire to form a trust fund under the law
     of the State of New York for the investment and reinvestment of its
     assets; and

              WHEREAS, it is proposed that the trust assets be composed of
     money and property contributed thereto by the holders of interests in the
     trust entitled to ownership rights in the trust;

              NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold
     in trust all money and property contributed to the trust fund and will
     manage and dispose of the same for the benefit of the holders of interests
     in the Trust and subject to the provisions hereof, to wit:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                      The Trust
                                      ---------

              1.1.    NAME.  The name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall be High Yield Municipals Portfolio and so far as may be practicable
     the Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all documents
     and sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word "Trust"
     wherever hereinafter used) shall refer to the Trustees as Trustees, and
     not individually, and shall not refer to the officers, employees, agents
     or independent contractors of the Trust or holders of interests in the
     Trust.  

              1.2.    DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Declaration, the following
     terms shall have the following meanings:

              "ADMINISTRATOR" shall mean any party furnishing services to the
     Trust pursuant to any administration contract described in Section 4.1
     hereof.

              "BOOK CAPITAL ACCOUNT" shall mean, for any Holder at any time,
     the Book Capital Account of the Holder for such day, determined in
     accordance with Section 8.1 hereof. 


                                          1
<PAGE>






              "CODE" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
     U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding
     provision or provisions of succeeding law).

              "COMMISSION" shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission.

              "DECLARATION" shall mean this Declaration of Trust as amended
     from time to time.  References in this Declaration to "DECLARATION",
     "HEREOF", "HEREIN" and "HEREUNDER" shall be deemed to refer to this
     Declaration rather than the article or section in which any such word
     appears.

              "FISCAL YEAR" shall mean an annual period determined by the
     Trustees which ends on January 31 of each year or on such other day as is
     permitted or required by the Code.

              "HOLDERS" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR(s)" shall mean any regulated investment
     company, segregated asset account, foreign investment company, common
     trust fund, group trust or other investment arrangement, whether organized
     within or without the United States of America, other than an individual,
     S corporation, partnership or grantor trust beneficially owned by any
     individual, S corporation or partnership.

              "INTEREST(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by this
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such basis as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances. 
     Reference herein to a specified percentage of, or fraction of, Interests,
     means Holders whose combined Book Capital Account balances represent such
     specified percentage or fraction of the combined Book Capital Account
     balances of all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              "INTERESTED PERSON" shall have the meaning given it in the 1940
     Act.

              "INVESTMENT ADVISER" shall mean any party furnishing services to
     the Trust pursuant to any investment advisory contract described in
     Section 4.1 hereof.

              "MAJORITY INTERESTS VOTE" shall mean the vote, at a meeting of
     Holders, of (A) 67% or more of the Interests present or represented at
     such meeting, if Holders of more than 50% of all Interests are present or
     represented by proxy, or (B) more than 50% of all Interests, whichever is
     less.


                                          2
<PAGE>






              "PERSON" shall mean and include individuals, corporations,
     partnerships, trusts, associations, joint ventures and other entities,
     whether or not legal entities, and governments and agencies and political
     subdivisions thereof.

              "REDEMPTION" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero, and the term "REDEEM" shall mean to effect a
     Redemption.

              "TRUSTEES" shall mean each signatory to this Declaration, so long
     as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     hereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions hereof and are then in office, and reference in this
     Declaration to a Trustee or Trustees shall refer to such individual or
     individuals in their capacity as Trustees hereunder.

              "TRUST PROPERTY" shall mean as of any particular time any and all
     property, real or personal, tangible or intangible, which at such time is
     owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees.

              The "1940 ACT" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Trustees
                                       --------

              2.1.    NUMBER AND QUALIFICATION.  The number of Trustees shall
     be fixed from time to time by action of the Trustees taken as provided in
     Section 2.5 hereof; provided, however, that the number of Trustees so
     fixed shall in no event be less than three or more than 15.  Any vacancy
     created by an increase in the number of Trustees may be filled by the
     appointment of an individual having the qualifications described in this
     Section 2.1 made by action of the Trustees taken as provided in Section
     2.5 hereof.  Any such appointment shall not become effective, however,
     until the individual named in the written instrument of appointment shall
     have accepted in writing such appointment and agreed in writing to be
     bound by the terms of this Declaration.  No reduction in the number of
     Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office. 
     Whenever a vacancy occurs, until such vacancy is filled as provided in
     Section 2.4 hereof, the Trustees continuing in office, regardless of their
     number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall
     discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.  A
     Trustee shall be an individual at least 21 years of age who is not under
     legal disability.



                                          3
<PAGE>






              2.2.    TERM AND ELECTION.  Each Trustee named herein, or elected
     or appointed prior to the first meeting of Holders, shall (except in the
     event of resignations, retirements, removals or vacancies pursuant to
     Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 hereof) hold office until a successor to such
     Trustee has been elected at such meeting and has qualified to serve as
     Trustee, as required under the 1940 Act.  Subject to the provisions of
     Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and except as provided in Section 2.3
     hereof, each Trustee shall hold office during the lifetime of the Trust
     and until its termination as hereinafter provided.

              2.3.    RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND RETIREMENT.  Any Trustee may
     resign his or her trust (without need for prior or subsequent accounting)
     by an instrument in writing executed by such Trustee and delivered or
     mailed to the Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary of the
     Trust and such resignation shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a
     later date according to the terms of the instrument.  Any Trustee may be
     removed by the affirmative vote of Holders of two-thirds of the Interests
     or (provided the aggregate number of Trustees, after such removal and
     after giving effect to any appointment made to fill the vacancy created by
     such removal, shall not be less than the number required by Section 2.1
     hereof) with cause, by the action of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. 
     Removal with cause includes, but is not limited to, the removal of a
     Trustee due to physical or mental incapacity or failure to comply with
     such written policies as from time to time may be adopted by at least
     two-thirds of the Trustees with respect to the conduct of the Trustees and
     attendance at meetings.  Any Trustee who has attained a mandatory
     retirement age, if any, established pursuant to any written policy adopted
     from time to time by at least two-thirds of the Trustees shall,
     automatically and without action by such Trustee or the remaining
     Trustees, be deemed to have retired in accordance with the terms of such
     policy, effective as of the date determined in accordance with such
     policy.  Any Trustee who has become incapacitated by illness or injury as
     determined by a majority of the other Trustees, may be retired by written
     instrument executed by a majority of the other Trustees, specifying the
     date of such Trustee's retirement.  Upon the resignation, retirement or
     removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee, such
     resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee shall execute and deliver
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose of
     conveying to the Trust or the remaining Trustees any Trust Property held
     in the name of such resigning, retired, removed or former Trustee.  Upon
     the death of any Trustee or upon removal, retirement or resignation due to
     any Trustee's incapacity to serve as Trustee, the legal representative of
     such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee shall execute and
     deliver on behalf of such deceased, removed, retired or resigning Trustee
     such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose set
     forth in the preceding sentence.

              2.4.    VACANCIES.  The term of office of a Trustee shall
     terminate and a vacancy shall occur in the event of the death,
     resignation, retirement, adjudicated incompetence or other incapacity to
     perform the duties of the office, or removal, of a Trustee.  No such
     vacancy shall operate to annul this Declaration or to revoke any existing

                                          4
<PAGE>






     agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.  In the case of
     a vacancy, Holders of at least a majority of the Interests entitled to
     vote, acting at any meeting of Holders held in accordance with Section 9.2
     hereof, or, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, a majority vote of
     the Trustees continuing in office acting by written instrument or
     instruments, may fill such vacancy, and any Trustee so elected by the
     Trustees or the Holders shall hold office as provided in this Declaration.

              2.5.    MEETINGS.  Meetings of the Trustees shall be held from
     time to time upon the call of the Chairman, if any, the President, the
     Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or any two Trustees, at such time, on
     such day and at such place, as shall be designated in the notice of the
     meeting.  The Trustees shall hold an annual meeting for the election of
     officers and the transaction of other business which may come before such
     meeting.  Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or
     notice at a time and place fixed by the By-Laws or by resolution of the
     Trustees.  Notice of any other meeting shall be given by mail, by telegram
     (which term shall include a cablegram), by telecopier or delivered
     personally (which term shall include by telephone).  If notice is given by
     mail, it shall be mailed not later than 48 hours preceding the meeting and
     if given by telegram, telecopier or personally, such notice shall be sent
     or delivery made not later than 24 hours preceding the meeting.  Notice of
     a meeting of Trustees may be waived before or after any meeting by signed
     written waiver.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
     of, any meeting of the Trustees need be stated in the notice or waiver of
     notice of such meeting.  The attendance of a Trustee at a meeting shall
     constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in
     which a Trustee attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at
     the commencement of such meeting, to the transaction of any business on
     the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.  The
     Trustees may act with or without a meeting, but no notice need be given of
     action proposed to be taken by written consent.  A quorum for all meetings
     of the Trustees shall be a majority of the Trustees.  Unless provided
     otherwise in this Declaration, any action of the Trustees may be taken at
     a meeting by vote of a majority of the Trustees present (a quorum being
     present) or without a meeting by written consent of a majority of the
     Trustees.

              Any committee of the Trustees, including an executive committee,
     if any, may act with or without a meeting.  A quorum for all meetings of
     any such committee shall be a majority of the members thereof.  Unless
     provided otherwise in this Declaration, any action of any such committee
     may be taken at a meeting by vote of a majority of the members present (a
     quorum being present) or without a meeting by written consent of a
     majority of the members.

              With respect to actions of the Trustees and any committee of the
     Trustees, Trustees who are Interested Persons of the Trust or otherwise
     interested in any action to be taken may be counted for quorum purposes
     under this Section 2.5 and shall be entitled to vote to the extent
     permitted by the 1940 Act.


                                          5
<PAGE>






              All or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of
     the Trustees or any committee thereof by means of a conference telephone
     or similar communications equipment by means of which all individuals
     participating in the meeting can hear each other and participation in a
     meeting by means of such communications equipment shall constitute
     presence in person at such meeting.

              2.6.    OFFICERS; CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The Trustees shall,
     from time to time, elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer.  The
     Trustees may elect or appoint, from time to time, a Chairman of the Board
     who shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees and carry out such other
     duties as the Trustees may designate.  The Trustees may elect or appoint
     or authorize the President to appoint such other officers, agents or
     independent contractors with such powers as the Trustees may deem to be
     advisable.  The Chairman, if any, shall be and each other officer may, but
     need not, be a Trustee.

              2.7.    BY-LAWS.  The Trustees may adopt and, from time to time,
     amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Powers of Trustees
                                  ------------------

              3.1.    GENERAL.  The Trustees shall have exclusive and absolute
     control over the Trust Property and over the business of the Trust to the
     same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the Trust Property
     and such business in their own right, but with such powers of delegation
     as may be permitted by this Declaration.  The Trustees may perform such
     acts as in their sole discretion they deem proper for conducting the
     business of the Trust.  The enumeration of or failure to mention any
     specific power herein shall not be construed as limiting such exclusive
     and absolute control.  The powers of the Trustees may be exercised without
     order of or resort to any court.

              3.2.    INVESTMENTS.  The Trustees shall have power to:

                      (a)      conduct, operate and carry on the business of an
     investment company;

                      (b)      subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase
     or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange,
     distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of U.S. and foreign currencies
     and related instruments including forward contracts, and securities,
     including common and preferred stock, warrants, bonds, debentures, time
     notes and all other evidences of indebtedness, negotiable or non-
     negotiable instruments, obligations, certificates of deposit or
     indebtedness, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase
     agreements, convertible securities, forward contracts, options, futures
     contracts, and other securities, including, without limitation, those

                                          6
<PAGE>






     issued, guaranteed or sponsored by any state, territory or possession of
     the United States and the District of Columbia and their political
     subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, or by the U.S. Government,
     any foreign government, or any agency, instrumentality or political
     subdivision of the U.S. Government or any foreign government, or any
     international instrumentality, or by any bank, savings institution,
     corporation or other business entity organized under the laws of the
     United States or under any foreign laws; and to exercise any and all
     rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest in respect of any
     and all such  investments of any kind and description, including, without
     limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto,
     with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of such
     rights, powers and privileges in respect of any of such investments; and
     the Trustees shall be deemed to have the foregoing powers with respect to
     any additional instruments in which the Trustees may determine to invest.

              The Trustees shall not be limited to investing in obligations
     maturing before the possible termination of the Trust, nor shall the
     Trustees be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made
     by fiduciaries.

              3.3.    LEGAL TITLE.  Legal title to all Trust Property shall be
     vested in the Trustees as joint tenants except that the Trustees shall
     have the power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or
     in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust,
     or in the name or nominee name of any other Person on behalf of the Trust,
     on such terms as the Trustees may determine.

              The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust
     Property shall vest automatically in each individual who may hereafter
     become a Trustee upon his due election and qualification.  Upon the
     resignation, removal or death of a Trustee, such resigning, removed or
     deceased Trustee shall automatically cease to have any right, title or
     interest in any Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such
     resigning, removed or deceased Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest
     automatically in the remaining Trustees.  Such vesting and cessation of
     title shall be effective whether or not conveyancing documents have been
     executed and delivered.

              3.4.    SALE AND INCREASES OF INTERESTS.  The Trustees, in their
     discretion, may, from time to time, without a vote of the Holders, permit
     any Institutional Investor to purchase an Interest, or increase its
     Interest, for such type of consideration, including cash or property, at
     such time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and
     on such terms as the Trustees may deem best, and may in such manner
     acquire other assets (including the acquisition of assets subject to, and
     in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and businesses. 
     Individuals, S corporations, partnerships and grantor trusts that are
     beneficially owned by any individual, S corporation or partnership may not
     purchase Interests.  A Holder which has redeemed its Interest may not be
     permitted to purchase an Interest until the later of 60 calendar days


                                          7
<PAGE>






     after the date of such Redemption or the first day of the Fiscal Year next
     succeeding the Fiscal Year during which such Redemption occurred.

              3.5     DECREASES AND REDEMPTIONS OF INTERESTS.  Subject to
     Article VII hereof, the Trustees, in their discretion, may, from time to
     time, without a vote of the Holders, permit a Holder to redeem its
     Interest, or decrease its Interest, for either cash or property, at such
     time or times (including, without limitation, each business day), and on
     such terms as the Trustees may deem best.

              3.6.    BORROW MONEY.  The Trustees shall have power to borrow
     money or otherwise obtain credit and to secure the same by mortgaging,
     pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the assets of the Trust,
     including the lending of portfolio securities, and to endorse, guarantee,
     or undertake the performance of any obligation, contract or engagement of
     any other Person.

              3.7.    DELEGATION; COMMITTEES.  The Trustees shall have power,
     consistent with their continuing exclusive and absolute control over the
     Trust Property and over the business of the Trust, to delegate from time
     to time to such of their number or to officers, employees, agents or
     independent contractors of the Trust the doing of such things and the
     execution of such instruments in either the name of the Trust or the names
     of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

              3.8.    COLLECTION AND PAYMENT.  The Trustees shall have power to
     collect all property due to the Trust; and to pay all claims, including
     taxes, against the Trust Property; to prosecute, defend, compromise or
     abandon any claims relating to the Trust or the Trust Property; to
     foreclose any security interest securing any obligation, by virtue of
     which any property is owed to the Trust; and to enter into releases,
     agreements and other instruments.

              3.9.    EXPENSES.  The Trustees shall have power to incur and pay
     any expenses which in the opinion of the Trustees are necessary or
     incidental to carry out any of the purposes of this Declaration, and to
     pay reasonable compensation from the Trust Property to themselves as
     Trustees.  The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers,
     employees and Trustees.  The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation
     for special services, including legal and brokerage services, as they in
     good faith may deem reasonable, and reimbursement for expenses reasonably
     incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust.

              3.10.   MISCELLANEOUS POWERS.  The Trustees shall have power to: 
     (a) employ or contract with such Persons as the Trustees may deem
     appropriate for the transaction of the business of the Trust and terminate
     such employees or contractual relationships as they consider appropriate;
     (b) enter into joint ventures, partnerships and any other combinations or
     associations; (c) purchase, and pay for out of Trust Property, insurance
     policies insuring the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent,
     Holders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors
     of the Trust against all claims arising by reason of holding any such

                                          8
<PAGE>






     position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such Person in
     such capacity, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify
     such Person against such liability; (d) establish pension, profit-sharing
     and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans for the Trustees,
     officers, employees or agents of the Trust; (e) make donations,
     irrespective of benefit to the Trust, for charitable, religious,
     educational, scientific, civic or similar purposes; (f) to the extent
     permitted by law, indemnify any Person with whom the Trust has dealings,
     including the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent, Holders,
     Trustees, officers, employees, agents or independent contractors of the
     Trust, to such extent as the Trustees shall determine; (g) guarantee
     indebtedness or contractual obligations of others; (h) determine and
     change the Fiscal Year and the method by which the accounts of the Trust
     shall be kept; and (i) adopt a seal for the Trust, but the absence of such
     a seal shall not impair the validity of any instrument executed on behalf
     of the Trust.

              3.11.   FURTHER POWERS.  The Trustees shall have power to conduct
     the business of the Trust and carry on its operations in any and all of
     its branches and maintain offices, whether within or without the State of
     New York, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the
     District of Columbia, and in any and all commonwealths, territories,
     dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the
     United States of America and of foreign governments, and to do all such
     other things and execute all such instruments as they deem necessary,
     proper, appropriate or desirable in order to promote the interests of the
     Trust although such things are not herein specifically mentioned. Any
     determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust which is made by
     the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive.  In construing the
     provisions of this Declaration, the presumption shall be in favor of a
     grant of power to the Trustees.  The Trustees shall not be required to
     obtain any court order in order to deal with Trust Property.

              3.12    LITIGATION.  The Trustees shall have full power and
     authority, in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to engage in and to
     prosecute, defend, compromise, settle, abandon, or adjust by arbitration
     or otherwise, any actions, suits, proceedings, disputes, claims and
     demands relating to the Trust, and out of the assets of the Trust to pay
     or to satisfy any liabilities, losses, debts, claims or expenses
     (including without limitation attorneys' fees) incurred in connection
     therewith, including those of litigation, and such power shall include
     without limitation the power of the Trustees or any committee thereof, in
     the exercise of their or its good faith business judgment, to dismiss or
     terminate any action, suit, proceeding, dispute, claim or demand,
     derivative or otherwise, brought by any Person, including a Holder in its
     own name or in the name of the Trust, whether or not the Trust or any of
     the Trustees may be named individually therein or the subject matter
     arises by reason of business for or on behalf of the Trust.





                                          9
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE IV

                         Investment Advisory, Administration
                           and Placement Agent Arrangements
                        -------------------------------------

              4.1.    INVESTMENT ADVISORY, ADMINISTRATION AND OTHER
     ARRANGEMENTS.  The Trustees may in their discretion, from time to time,
     enter into investment advisory contracts, administration contracts or
     placement agent agreements whereby the other party to such contract or
     agreement shall undertake to furnish the Trustees such investment
     advisory, administration, placement agent and/or other services as the
     Trustees shall, from time to time, consider appropriate or desirable and
     all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their sole
     discretion determine.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Declaration,
     the Trustees may authorize any Investment Adviser (subject to such general
     or specific instructions as the Trustees may, from time to time, adopt) to
     effect purchases, sales, loans or exchanges of Trust Property on behalf of
     the Trustees or may authorize any officer, employee or Trustee to effect
     such purchases, sales, loans or exchanges pursuant to recommendations of
     any such Investment Adviser (all without any further action by the
     Trustees).  Any such purchase, sale, loan or exchange shall be deemed to
     have been authorized by the Trustees.

              4.2.    PARTIES TO CONTRACT.  Any contract of the character
     described in Section 4.1 hereof or in the By-Laws of the Trust may be
     entered into with any corporation, firm, trust or association, although
     one or more of the Trustees or officers of the Trust may be an officer,
     director, Trustee, shareholder or member of such other party to the
     contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered voidable
     by reason of the existence of any such relationship, nor shall any
     individual holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of such
     relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason of
     any such contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or
     indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was
     reasonable and fair and not inconsistent with the provisions of this
     Article IV or the By-Laws of the Trust.  The same Person may be the other
     party to one or more contracts entered into pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof
     or the By-Laws of the Trust, and any individual may be financially
     interested or otherwise affiliated with Persons who are parties to any or
     all of the contracts mentioned in this Section 4.2 or in the By-Laws of
     the Trust.











                                          10
<PAGE>






                                      ARTICLE V

                        Liability of Holders; Limitations of 
                        Liability of Trustees, Officers, etc.
                        -------------------------------------

              5.1.    LIABILITY OF HOLDERS; INDEMNIFICATION.  Each Holder shall
     be jointly and severally liable (with rights of contribution inter se in
     proportion to their respective Interests in the Trust) for the liabilities
     and obligations of the Trust in the event that the Trust fails to satisfy
     such liabilities and obligations; provided, however, that, to the extent
     assets are available in the Trust, the Trust shall indemnify and hold each
     Holder harmless from and against any claim or liability to which such
     Holder may become subject by reason of being or having been a Holder to
     the extent that such claim or liability imposes on the Holder an
     obligation or liability which, when compared to the obligations and
     liabilities imposed on other Holders, is greater than such Holder's
     Interest (proportionate share), and shall reimburse such Holder for all
     legal and other expenses reasonably incurred by such Holder in connection
     with any such claim or liability.  The rights accruing to a Holder under
     this Section 5.1 shall not exclude any other right to which such Holder
     may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything contained herein restrict the
     right of the Trust to indemnify or reimburse a Holder in any appropriate
     situation even though not specifically provided herein.  Notwithstanding
     the indemnification procedure described above, it is intended that each
     Holder shall remain jointly and severally liable to the Trust's creditors
     as a legal matter.

              5.2.  LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES,
     AGENTS, INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS TO THIRD PARTIES.  No Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the case of an agent
     or independent contractor to the extent expressly provided by written
     contract) of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability
     whatsoever to any Person, other than the Trust or the Holders, in
     connection with Trust Property or the affairs of the Trust; and all such
     Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims
     of any nature against a Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor (except in the case of an agent or independent contractor to
     the extent expressly provided by written contract) of the Trust arising in
     connection with the affairs of the Trust.

              5.3.    LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES, OFFICERS,
     EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS TO TRUST, HOLDERS, ETC.  No
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly
     provided by written contract) of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or
     the Holders for any action or failure to act (including, without
     limitation, the failure to compel in any way any former or acting Trustee
     to redress any breach of trust) except for such Person's own bad faith,
     willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such
     Person's duties.


                                          11
<PAGE>






              5.4.    MANDATORY INDEMNIFICATION.  The Trust shall indemnify, to
     the fullest extent permitted by law (including the 1940 Act), each
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of an agent or independent contractor to the extent expressly
     provided by written contract) of the Trust (including any Person who
     serves at the Trust's request as a director, officer or trustee of another
     organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder,
     creditor or otherwise) against all liabilities and expenses (including
     amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise, as fines and
     penalties, and as counsel fees) reasonably incurred by such Person in
     connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other
     proceeding, whether civil or criminal, in which such Person may be
     involved or with which such Person may be threatened, while in office or
     thereafter, by reason of such Person being or having been such a Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor, except with respect to
     any matter as to which such Person shall have been adjudicated to have
     acted in bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless
     disregard of such Person's duties; provided, however, that as to any
     matter disposed of by a compromise payment by such Person, pursuant to a
     consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for such payment or
     for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a
     determination that such Person did not engage in willful misfeasance, bad
     faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in
     the conduct of such Person's office by the court or other body approving
     the settlement or other disposition or by a reasonable determination,
     based upon a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full
     trial-type inquiry), that such Person did not engage in such conduct by
     written opinion from independent legal counsel approved by the Trustees. 
     The rights accruing to any Person under these provisions shall not exclude
     any other right to which such Person may be lawfully entitled; provided
     that no Person may satisfy any right of indemnity or reimbursement granted
     in this Section 5.4 or in Section 5.2 hereof or to which such Person may
     be otherwise entitled except out of the Trust Property.  The Trustees may
     make advance payments in connection with indemnification under this
     Section 5.4, provided that the indemnified Person shall have given a
     written undertaking to reimburse the Trust in the event it is subsequently
     determined that such Person is not entitled to such indemnification.

              5.5.    NO BOND REQUIRED OF TRUSTEES.  No Trustee shall, as such,
     be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the
     performance of any of such Trustee's duties hereunder.

              5.6.    NO DUTY OF INVESTIGATION; NOTICE IN TRUST INSTRUMENTS,
     ETC.  No purchaser, lender or other Person dealing with any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall be
     bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction
     purporting to be made by such Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor or be liable for the application of money or
     property paid, loaned or delivered to or on the order of such Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor.  Every obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with

                                          12
<PAGE>






     the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the
     executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees, officers, employees,
     agents or independent contractors of the Trust.  Every written obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the
     Trust made or sold by any Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent
     contractor of the Trust, in such capacity, shall contain an appropriate
     recital to the effect that the Trustee, officer, employee, agent or
     independent contractor of the Trust shall not personally be bound by or
     liable thereunder, nor shall resort be had to their private property for
     the satisfaction of any obligation or claim thereunder, and appropriate
     references shall be made therein to the Declaration, and may contain any
     further recital which they may deem appropriate, but the omission of such
     recital shall not operate to impose personal liability on any Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust.  Subject
     to the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Trust may maintain insurance for
     the protection of the Trust Property, the Holders, and the Trustees,
     officers, employees, agents and independent contractors  of the Trust in
     such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort
     liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment
     shall deem advisable.

              5.7.    RELIANCE ON EXPERTS, ETC.  Each Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent contractor of the Trust shall, in the
     performance of such Person's duties, be fully and completely justified and
     protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from
     reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the
     Trust (whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such
     Persons against such liability), upon an opinion of counsel, or upon
     reports made to the Trust by any of its officers or employees or by any
     Investment Adviser or Administrator, accountant, appraiser or other
     experts or consultants selected with reasonable care by the Trustees,
     officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or
     expert may also be a Trustee.


                                     ARTICLE VI

                                      Interests
                                      ---------

              6.1.    INTERESTS.  The beneficial interest in the Trust Property
     shall consist of non-transferable Interests.  The Interests shall be
     personal property giving only the rights in this Declaration specifically
     set forth.  The value of an Interest shall be equal to the Book Capital
     Account balance of the Holder of the Interest.

              6.2.    NON-TRANSFERABILITY.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or
     exchange its Interest.

              6.3.    REGISTER OF INTERESTS.  A register shall be kept at the
     Trust under the direction of the Trustees which shall contain the name,
     address and Book Capital Account balance of each Holder.  Such register

                                          13
<PAGE>






     shall be conclusive as to the identity of the Holders, and the Trust shall
     not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in
     an Interest which is not contained in such register.  No Holder shall be
     entitled to receive payment of any distribution, nor to have notice given
     to it as herein provided, until it has given its address to such officer
     or agent of the Trust as is keeping such register for entry thereon.


                                     ARTICLE VII

                  Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests
                 ---------------------------------------------------

              Subject to applicable law, to the provisions of this Declaration
     and to such restrictions as may from time to time be adopted by the
     Trustees, each Holder shall have the right to vary its investment in the
     Trust at any time without limitation by increasing (through a capital
     contribution) or decreasing (through a capital withdrawal) or by a
     Redemption of its Interest.  An increase in the investment of a Holder in
     the Trust shall be reflected as an increase in the Book Capital Account
     balance of that Holder and a decrease in the investment of a Holder in the
     Trust or the Redemption of the Interest of a Holder shall be reflected as
     a decrease in the Book Capital Account balance of that Holder.  The Trust
     shall, upon appropriate and adequate notice from any Holder increase,
     decrease or redeem such Holder's Interest for an amount determined by the
     application of a formula adopted for such purpose by resolution of the
     Trustees; provided that (a) the amount received by the Holder upon any
     such decrease or Redemption shall not exceed the decrease in the Holder's
     Book Capital Account balance effected by such decrease or Redemption of
     its Interest, and (b) if so authorized by the Trustees, the Trust may, at
     any time and from time to time, charge fees for effecting any such
     decrease or Redemption, at such rates as the Trustees may establish, and
     may, at any time and from time to time, suspend such right of decrease or
     Redemption.  The procedures for effecting decreases or Redemptions shall
     be as determined by the Trustees from time to time.


                                     ARTICLE VIII

                        Determination of Book Capital Account
                              Balances and Distributions
                        --------------------------------------

              8.1.    BOOK CAPITAL ACCOUNT BALANCES.  The Book Capital Account
     balance of each Holder shall be determined on such days and at such time
     or times as the Trustees may determine.  The Trustees shall adopt
     resolutions setting forth the method of determining the Book Capital
     Account balance of each Holder.  The power and duty to make calculations
     pursuant to such resolutions may be delegated by the Trustees to the
     Investment Adviser, Administrator, custodian, or such other Person as the
     Trustees may determine.  Upon the Redemption of an Interest, the Holder of
     that Interest shall be entitled to receive the balance of its Book Capital

                                          14
<PAGE>






     Account.  A Holder may not transfer, sell or exchange its Book Capital
     Account balance.

              8.2.    ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS TO HOLDERS.  The Trustees
     shall, in compliance with the Code, the 1940 Act and generally accepted
     accounting principles, establish the procedures by which the Trust shall
     make (i) the allocation of unrealized gains and losses, taxable income and
     tax loss, and profit and loss, or any item or items thereof, to each
     Holder, (ii) the payment of distributions, if any, to Holders, and
     (iii) upon liquidation, the final distribution of items of taxable income
     and expense.  Such procedures shall be set forth in writing and be
     furnished to the Trust's accountants. The Trustees may amend the
     procedures adopted pursuant to this Section 8.2 from time to time.  The
     Trustees may retain from the net profits such amount as they may deem
     necessary to pay the liabilities and expenses of the Trust, to meet
     obligations of the Trust, and as they may deem desirable to use in the
     conduct of the affairs of the Trust or to retain for future requirements
     or extensions of the business.

              8.3.    POWER TO MODIFY FOREGOING PROCEDURES.  Notwithstanding
     any of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII, the Trustees may
     prescribe, in their absolute discretion, such other bases and times for
     determining the net income of the Trust, the allocation of income of the
     Trust, the Book Capital Account balance of each Holder, or the payment of
     distributions to the Holders as they may deem necessary or desirable to
     enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act or any order
     of exemption issued by the Commission or with the Code.


                                     ARTICLE IX

                                       Holders
                                       -------

              9.1.    RIGHTS OF HOLDERS.  The ownership of the Trust Property
     and the right to conduct any business described herein are vested
     exclusively in the Trustees, and the Holders shall have no right or title
     therein other than the beneficial interest conferred by their Interests
     and they shall have no power or right to call for any partition or
     division of any Trust Property. 

              9.2.    MEETINGS OF HOLDERS.  Meetings of Holders may be called
     at any time by a majority of the Trustees and shall be called by any
     Trustee upon written request of Holders holding, in the aggregate, not
     less than 10% of the Interests, such request specifying the purpose or
     purposes for which such meeting is to be called.  Any such meeting shall
     be held within or without the State of New York and within or without the
     United States of America on such day and at such time as the Trustees
     shall designate.  Holders of one-third of the Interests, present in person
     or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any
     business, except as may otherwise be required by the 1940 Act, other
     applicable law, this Declaration or the By-Laws of the Trust.  If a quorum

                                          15
<PAGE>






     is present at a meeting, an affirmative vote of the Holders present, in
     person or by proxy, holding more than 50% of the total Interests of the
     Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting constitutes
     the action of the Holders, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is
     required by the 1940 Act, other applicable law, this Declaration or the
     By-Laws of the Trust.  All or any one of more Holders may participate in a
     meeting of Holders by means of a conference telephone or similar
     communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
     the meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting by means of
     such communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such
     meeting.

              9.3.    NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Notice of each meeting of Holders,
     stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be given by the
     Trustees by mail to each Holder, at its registered address, mailed at
     least 10 days and not more than 60 days before the meeting.  Notice of any
     meeting may be waived in writing by any Holder either before or after such
     meeting.  The attendance of a Holder at a meeting shall constitute a
     waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation in which a Holder
     attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction
     of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or
     convened.  At any meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be
     considered whether or not stated in the notice of the meeting.  Any
     adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

              9.4.    RECORD DATE FOR MEETINGS, DISTRIBUTIONS, ETC.  For the
     purpose of determining the Holders who are entitled to notice of and to
     vote or act at any meeting, including any adjournment thereof, or to
     participate in any distribution, or for the purpose of any other action,
     the Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than 90 days prior
     to the date of any meeting of Holders or the payment of any distribution
     or the taking of any other action, as the case may be, as a record date
     for the determination of the Persons to be treated as Holders for such
     purpose.  If the Trustees do not, prior to any meeting of the Holders, so
     fix a record date, then the date of mailing notice of the meeting shall be
     the record date.

              9.5.    PROXIES, ETC.  At any meeting of Holders, any Holder
     entitled to vote thereat may vote by proxy, provided that no proxy shall
     be voted at any meeting unless it shall have been placed on file with the
     Secretary, or with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the
     Secretary may direct, for verification prior to the time at which such
     vote is to be taken.  A proxy may be revoked by a Holder at any time
     before it has been exercised by placing on file with the Secretary, or
     with such other officer or agent of the Trust as the Secretary may direct,
     a later dated proxy or written revocation.  Pursuant to a resolution of a
     majority of the Trustees, proxies may be solicited in the name of the
     Trust or of one or more Trustees or of one or more officers of the Trust.
     Only Holders on the record date shall be entitled to vote.  Each such
     Holder shall be entitled to a vote proportionate to its Interest.  When an
     Interest is held jointly by several Persons, any one of them may vote at
     any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such Interest, but if more

                                          16
<PAGE>






     than one of them is present at such meeting in person or by proxy, and
     such joint owners or their proxies so present disagree as to any vote to
     be cast, such vote shall not be received in respect of such Interest.  A
     proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Holder shall be
     deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden
     of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.  No proxy shall be
     valid after one year from the date of execution, unless a longer period is
     expressly stated in such proxy.  The Trust may also permit a Holder to
     authorize and empower individuals named as proxies on any form of proxy
     solicited by the Trustees to vote that Holder's Interest on any matter by
     recording his voting instructions on any recording device maintained for
     that purpose by the Trust or its agent, provided the Holder complies with
     such procedures as the Trustees may designate to be necessary or
     appropriate to determine the authenticity of the voting instructions so
     recorded; such instructions shall be deemed to constitute a written proxy
     signed by the Holder and delivered to the Trust and shall be deemed to be
     dated as of the date such instructions were transmitted, and the Holder
     shall be deemed to have approved and ratified all actions taken by such
     proxies in accordance with the voting instructions so recorded.

              9.6.    REPORTS.  The Trustees shall cause to be prepared and
     furnished to each Holder, at least annually as of the end of each Fiscal
     Year, a report of operations containing a balance sheet and a statement of
     income of the Trust prepared in conformity with generally accepted
     accounting principles and an opinion of an independent public accountant
     on such financial statements.  The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to
     each Holder at least semi-annually interim reports of operations
     containing an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such period and an
     unaudited statement of income for the period from the beginning of the
     then-current Fiscal Year to the end of such period.

              9.7.    INSPECTION OF RECORDS.  The books and records of the
     Trust shall be open to inspection by Holders during normal business hours
     for any purpose not harmful to the Trust.

              9.8.    HOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT.  Any action which may
     be taken by Holders may be taken without a meeting if Holders holding more
     than 50% of all Interests entitled to vote (or such larger proportion
     thereof as shall be required by any express provision of this Declaration)
     consent to the action in writing and the written consents are filed with
     the records of the meetings of Holders.  Such consents shall be treated
     for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Holders.  Each such
     written consent shall be executed by or on behalf of the Holder delivering
     such consent and shall bear the date of such execution.  No such written
     consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless,
     within one year of the earliest dated consent, written consents executed
     by a sufficient number of Holders to take such action are filed with the
     records of the meetings of Holders.

              9.9.    NOTICES.  Any and all communications, including any and
     all notices to which any Holder may be entitled, shall be deemed duly


                                          17
<PAGE>






     served or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to a Holder at its
     last known address as recorded on the register of the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE X

                                Duration; Termination;
                               Amendment; Mergers; Etc.
                              -------------------------

              10.1.   DURATION.  Subject to possible termination or dissolution
     in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.2 and Section 10.3 hereof,
     respectively, the Trust created hereby shall continue until the expiration
     of 20 years after the death of the last survivor of the initial Trustees
     named herein and the following named persons:

     <TABLE>
     <CAPTION>
       <S>                            <C>                       <C>

       Name                           Address                   Date of Birth
       ----                           -------                   -------------
       Cassius Marcellus Cornelius    742 Old Dublin Road       November 9, 1990
       Clay                           Hancock, NH  03449

       Sara Briggs Sullivan           1308 Rhodes Street        September 17, 1990
                                      Dubois, WY  82513

       Myles Bailey Rawson            Winhall Hollow Road       May 13, 1990
                                      R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                      Bondville, VT  05340
       Zeben Curtis Kopchak           Box 1126                  October 31, 1989
                                      Cordova, AK  99574

       Landon Harris Clay             742 Old Dublin Road       February 15, 1989
                                      Hancock, NH  03449
       Kelsey Ann Sullivan            1308 Rhodes Street        May 1, 1988
                                      Dubois, WY  82513

       Carter Allen Rawson            Winhall Hollow Road       January 28, 1988
                                      R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                      Bondville, VT  05340

       Obadiah Barclay Kopchak        Box 1126                  August 29, 1987
                                      Cordova, AK  99574
       Richard Tubman Clay            742 Old Dublin Road       April 12, 1987
                                      Hancock, NH  03449

       Thomas Moragne Clay            742 Old Dublin Road       April 11, 1985
                                      Hancock, NH  03449



                                            18
<PAGE>






       <S>                            <C>                       <C>

       Name                           Address                   Date of Birth
       ----                           -------                   -------------
       Zachariah Bishop Kopchak       Box 1126                  January 11, 1985
                                      Cordova, AK  99574

       Sager Anna Kopchak             Box 1126                  May 22, 1983
                                      Cordova, AK  99574
     </TABLE>


              10.2.   Termination.
                      -----------

                      (a)      The Trust may be terminated (i) by the
     affirmative vote of Holders of not less than two-thirds of all Interests
     at any meeting of Holders or by an instrument in writing without a
     meeting, executed by a majority of the Trustees and consented to by
     Holders of not less than two-thirds of all Interests, or (ii) by the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.  Upon any such termination,

                      (i) the Trust shall carry on no business except for the
              purpose of winding up its affairs;

                      (ii) the Trustees shall proceed to wind up the
              affairs of the Trust and all of the powers of the
              Trustees under this Declaration shall continue until the
              affairs of the Trust have been wound up, including the
              power to fulfill or discharge the contracts of the Trust,
              collect the assets of the Trust, sell, convey, assign,
              exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the
              Trust Property to one or more Persons at public or
              private sale for consideration which may consist in whole
              or in part of cash, securities or other property of any
              kind, discharge or pay the liabilities of the Trust, and
              do all other acts appropriate to liquidate the business
              of the Trust; provided that any sale, conveyance,
              assignment, exchange or other disposition of all or
              substantially all the Trust Property shall require
              approval of the principal terms of the transaction and
              the nature and amount of the consideration by the vote of
              Holders holding more than 50% of all Interests; and

                      (iii) after paying or adequately providing for
              the payment of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such
              releases, indemnities and refunding agreements as they
              deem necessary for their protection, the Trustees shall
              distribute the remaining Trust Property, in cash or in
              kind or partly each, among the Holders according to their



                                          19
<PAGE>






              respective rights as set forth in the procedures
              established pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.

                      (b)      Upon termination of the Trust and distribution to
     the Holders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute
     and file with the records of the Trust an instrument in writing setting
     forth the fact of such termination and distribution.  Upon termination of
     the Trust, the Trustees shall thereupon be discharged from all further
     liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all
     Holders shall thereupon cease.

              10.3.   DISSOLUTION.  Upon the bankruptcy of any Holder, or upon
     the Redemption of any Interest, the Trust shall be dissolved effective 120
     days after the event.  However, the Holders (other than such bankrupt or
     redeeming Holder) may, by a unanimous affirmative vote at any meeting of
     such Holders or by an instrument in writing without a meeting executed by
     a majority of the Trustees and consented to by all such Holders, agree to
     continue the business of the Trust even if there has been such a
     dissolution.

              10.4.   AMENDMENT PROCEDURE.

                      (a)      This Declaration may be amended by the vote of
     Holders of more than 50% of all Interests at any meeting of Holders or by
     an instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a majority of the
     Trustees and consented to by the Holders of more than 50% of all
     Interests.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, this Declaration
     may be amended by an instrument in writing executed by a majority of the
     Trustees, and without the vote or consent of Holders, for any one or more
     of the following purposes:  (i) to change the name of the Trust, (ii) to
     supply any omission, or to cure, correct or supplement any ambiguous,
     defective or inconsistent provision hereof, (iii) to conform this
     Declaration to the requirements of applicable federal law or regulations
     or the requirements of the applicable provisions of the Code, (iv) to
     change the state or other jurisdiction designated herein as the state or
     other jurisdiction whose law shall be the governing law hereof, (v) to
     effect such changes herein as the Trustees find to be necessary or
     appropriate (A) to permit the filing of this Declaration under the law of
     such state or other jurisdiction applicable to trusts or voluntary
     associations, (B) to permit the Trust to elect to be treated as a
     "regulated investment company" under the applicable provisions of the
     Code, or (C) to permit the transfer of Interests (or to permit the
     transfer of any other beneficial interest in or share of the Trust,
     however denominated), (vi) in conjunction with any amendment contemplated
     by the foregoing clause (iv) or the foregoing clause (v) to make any and
     all such further changes or modifications to this Declaration as the
     Trustees find to be necessary or appropriate, any finding of the Trustees
     referred to in the foregoing clause (v) or the foregoing clause (vi) to be
     conclusively evidenced by the execution of any such amendment by a
     majority of the Trustees, and (vii) change, modify or rescind any
     provision of this Declaration provided such change, modification or
     rescission is found by the Trustees to be necessary or appropriate and to

                                          20
<PAGE>






     not have a materially adverse effect on the financial interests of the
     Holders, any such finding to be conclusively evidenced by the execution of
     any such amendment by a majority of the Trustees; provided, however, that
     unless effected in compliance with the provisions of Section 10.4(b)
     hereof, no amendment otherwise authorized by this sentence may be made
     which would reduce the amount payable with respect to any Interest upon
     liquidation of the Trust and; provided, further, that the Trustees shall
     not be liable for failing to make any amendment permitted by this Section
     10.4(a).

                      (b)      No amendment may be made under Section 10.4(a)
     hereof which would change any rights with respect to any Interest by
     reducing the amount payable thereon upon liquidation of the Trust, except
     with the vote or consent of Holders of two-thirds of all Interests.

                      (c)      A certification in recordable form executed by a
     majority of the Trustees setting forth an amendment and reciting that it
     was duly adopted by the Holders or by the Trustees as aforesaid or a copy
     of the Declaration, as amended, in recordable form, and executed by a
     majority of the Trustees, shall be conclusive evidence of such amendment
     when filed with the records of the Trust.

              Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, until such time as
     Interests are first sold, this Declaration may be terminated or amended in
     any respect by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees at any
     meeting of Trustees or by an instrument executed by a majority of the
     Trustees.

              10.5.   MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF ASSETS.  The Trust may
     merge or consolidate with any other corporation, association, trust or
     other organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all
     of the Trust Property, including good will, upon such terms and conditions
     and for such consideration when and as authorized at any meeting of
     Holders called for such purpose by a Majority Interests Vote, and any such
     merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange shall be deemed for all
     purposes to have been accomplished under and pursuant to the statutes of
     the State of New York.

              10.6.   INCORPORATION.  Upon a Majority Interests Vote, the
     Trustees may cause to be organized or assist in organizing a corporation
     or corporations under the law of any jurisdiction or a trust, partnership,
     association or other organization to take over the Trust Property or to
     carry on any business in which the Trust directly or indirectly has any
     interest, and to sell, convey and transfer the Trust Property to any such
     corporation, trust, partnership, association or other organization in
     exchange for the equity interests thereof or otherwise, and to lend money
     to, subscribe for the equity interests of, and enter into any contract
     with any such corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization, or any corporation, trust, partnership, association or other
     organization in which the Trust holds or is about to acquire equity
     interests.  The Trustees may also cause a merger or consolidation between
     the Trust or any successor thereto and any such corporation, trust,

                                          21
<PAGE>






     partnership, association or other organization if and to the extent
     permitted by law.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as
     requiring approval of the Holders for the Trustees to organize or assist
     in organizing one or more corporations, trusts, partnerships, associations
     or other organizations and selling, conveying or transferring a portion of
     the Trust Property to one or more of such organizations or entities.


                                     ARTICLE XI

                                    Miscellaneous
                                    -------------

              11.1.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Declaration is executed by the
     Trustees and delivered in the State of New York and with reference to the
     law thereof, and the rights of all parties and the validity and
     construction of every provision hereof shall be subject to and construed
     in accordance with the law of the State of New York and reference shall be
     specifically made to the trust law of the State of New York as to the
     construction of matters not specifically covered herein or as to which an
     ambiguity exists.

              11.2.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Declaration may be simultaneously
     executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an
     original, and such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the
     same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any one such
     original counterpart.

              11.3.   RELIANCE BY THIRD PARTIES.  Any certificate executed by
     an individual who, according to the records of the Trust or of any
     recording office in which this Declaration may be recorded, appears to be
     a Trustee hereunder, certifying to:  (a) the number or identity of
     Trustees or Holders, (b) the due authorization of the execution of any
     instrument or writing, (c) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of
     Trustees or Holders, (d) the fact that the number of Trustees or Holders
     present at any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the
     requirements of this Declaration, (e) the form of any By-Laws adopted by
     or the identity of any officer elected by the Trustees, or (f) the
     existence of any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs
     of the Trust, shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified
     in favor of any Person dealing with the Trustees.

              11.4.   Provisions in Conflict with Law or Regulations.
                      -----------------------------------------------

                      (a)      The provisions of this Declaration are severable,
     and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any
     of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, or with other
     applicable law and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed
     never to have constituted a part of this Declaration; provided, however,
     that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions


                                          22
<PAGE>






     of this Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or
     omitted prior to such determination.

                      (b)      If any provision of this Declaration shall be
     held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or
     unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction
     and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other
     jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any
     jurisdiction.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this instrument
     as of the day and year first above written.


     /s/  Donald R. Dwight                      /s/  Norton H. Reamer        
     --------------------------------           ------------------------------
     Donald R. Dwight, as Trustee and           Norton H. Reamer, as Trustee and
     not individually                           not individually

     /s/  James B. Hawkes                       /s/  John L. Thorndike       
     --------------------------------           -------------------------------
     James B. Hawkes, as Trustee and            John L. Thorndike, as Trustee
     not individually                           and not individually


     /s/  Samuel L. Hayes                       /s/  Jack L. Treynor          
     --------------------------------           ------------------------------
     Samuel L. Hayes, III, as Trustee and       Jack L. Treynor, as Trustee and
     not individually                           not individually
























                                          23
<PAGE>




























                           HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO

                          ---------------------------------


                                       BY-LAWS

                                As Adopted May 1, 1995
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
     ARTICLE I -- Meetings of Holders    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                      Section 1.1      Records at Holder Meetings    . . . .   1
                      Section 1.2      Inspectors of Election    . . . . . .   1


     ARTICLE II --   Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

                      Section 2.1      Officers of the Trust   . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.2      Election and Tenure   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.3      Removal of Officers   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.4      Bonds and Surety    . . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.5      Chairman, President and Vice President  2
                      Section 2.6      Secretary   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.7      Treasurer   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.8      Other Officers and Duties   . . . . .   3

     ARTICLE III -- Miscellaneous    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

                      Section 3.1      Depositories    . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.2      Signatures    . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.3      Seal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.4      Indemnification   . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.5      Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
                                       Like    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4


     ARTICLE IV -- Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws   . . . . . . . . . . .   5

                      Section 4.1      Regulations   . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
                      Section 4.2      Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws   . .   5

















                                          i
<PAGE>














                                       BY-LAWS

                                          OF

                           HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                           -------------------------------


                      These By-Laws are made and adopted pursuant to Section
     2.7 of the Declaration of Trust establishing HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS
     PORTFOLIO (the "Trust"), dated May 1, 1995, as from time to time amended
     (the "Declaration").  All words and terms capitalized in these By-Laws
     shall have the meaning or meanings set forth for such words or terms in
     the Declaration.

                                      ARTICLE I

                                 Meetings of Holders
                                --------------------

                      Section 1.1.  RECORDS AT HOLDER MEETINGS.  At each
     meeting of the Holders there shall be open for inspection the minutes of
     the last previous meeting of Holders of the Trust and a list of the
     Holders of the Trust, certified to be true and correct by the Secretary or
     other proper agent of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting. 
     Such list of Holders shall contain the name of each Holder in alphabetical
     order and the address and Interest owned by such Holder on such record
     date.

                      Section 1.2.  INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.  In advance of any
     meeting of the Holders, the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to
     act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.  If Inspectors of Election
     are not so appointed, the chairman, if any, of any meeting of the Holders
     may, and on the request of any Holder or his proxy shall, appoint
     Inspectors of Election.  The number of Inspectors of Election shall be
     either one or three.  If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or
     more Holders or proxies, a Majority Interests Vote shall determine whether
     one or three Inspectors of Election are to be appointed, but failure to
     allow such determination by the Holders shall not affect the validity of
     the appointment of Inspectors of Election.  In case any individual
     appointed as an Inspector of Election fails to appear or fails or refuses
     to so act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Trustees
     in advance of the convening of the meeting or at the meeting by the
     individual acting as chairman of the meeting.  The Inspectors of Election

                                          1
<PAGE>






     shall determine the Interest owned by each Holder, the Interests
     represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the authenticity,
     validity and effect of proxies, shall receive votes, ballots or consents,
     shall hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising
     in connection with the right to vote, shall count and tabulate all votes
     or consents, shall determine the results, and shall do such other acts as
     may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all
     Holders.  If there are three Inspectors of Election, the decision, act or
     certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision,
     act or certificate of all.  On request of the chairman, if any, of the
     meeting, or of any Holder or its proxy, the Inspectors of Election shall
     make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter determined
     by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Officers
                                       --------

                      Section 2.1.  OFFICERS OF THE TRUST.  The officers of the
     Trust shall consist of a Chairman, if any, a President, a Secretary, a
     Treasurer and such other officers or assistant officers, including Vice
     Presidents, as may be elected by the Trustees.  Any two or more of the
     offices may be held by the same individual.  The Trustees may designate a
     Vice President as an Executive Vice President and may designate the order
     in which the other Vice Presidents may act.  The Chairman shall be a
     Trustee, but no other officer of the Trust, including the President, need
     be a Trustee.

                      Section 2.2.  ELECTION AND TENURE.  At the initial
     organization meeting and thereafter at each annual meeting of the
     Trustees, the Trustees shall elect the Chairman, if any, the President,
     the Secretary, the Treasurer and such other officers as the Trustees shall
     deem necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the business of the
     Trust.  Such officers shall hold office until the next annual meeting of
     the Trustees and until their successors have been duly elected and
     qualified.  The Trustees may fill any vacancy in office or add any
     additional officer at any time.

                      Section 2.3.  REMOVAL OF OFFICERS.  Any officer may be
     removed at any time, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the
     Trustees.  This provision shall not prevent the making of a contract of
     employment for a definite term with any officer and shall have no effect
     upon any cause of action which any officer may have as a result of removal
     in breach of a contract of employment.  Any officer may resign at any time
     by notice in writing signed by such officer and delivered or mailed to the
     Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary, and such resignation
     shall take effect immediately, or at a later date according to the terms
     of such notice in writing.



                                          2
<PAGE>






                      Section 2.4.  BONDS AND SURETY.  Any officer may be
     required by the Trustees to be bonded for the faithful performance of his
     duties in such amount and with such sureties as the Trustees may
     determine.

                      Section 2.5.  CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND VICE PRESIDENTS. 
     The Chairman, if any, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the
     Holders and of the Trustees and shall exercise and perform such other
     powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the
     Trustees.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
     the Trustees to the Chairman, if any, the President shall be the chief
     executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the  control of the
     Trustees, shall have general supervision, direction and control of the
     business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such general
     powers of management as are usually vested in the office of President of a
     corporation.  In the absence of the Chairman, if any, the President shall
     preside at all meetings of the Holders and, in the absence of the
     Chairman, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees. 
     The President shall be, ex officio, a member of all standing committees of
     Trustees.  Subject to the direction of the Trustees, the President shall
     have the power, in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to execute any and
     all loan documents, contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other
     instruments in writing, and to employ and discharge employees and agents
     of the Trust.  Unless otherwise directed by the Trustees, the President
     shall have full authority and power to attend, to act and to vote, on
     behalf of the Trust, at any meeting of any business organization in which
     the Trust holds an interest, or to confer such powers upon any other
     person, by executing any proxies duly authorizing such person.  The
     President shall have such further authorities and duties as the Trustees
     shall from time to time determine.  In the absence or disability of the
     President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank or the Vice
     President designated by the Trustees, shall perform all of the duties of
     the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be
     subject to all of the restrictions upon the President.  Subject to the
     direction of the President, each Vice President shall have the power in
     the name and on behalf of the Trust to execute any and all loan documents,
     contracts, agreements, deeds, mortgages and other instruments in writing,
     and, in addition, shall have such other duties and powers as shall be
     designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

                      Section 2.6.  SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall keep the
     minutes of all meetings of, and record all votes of, Holders, Trustees and
     the Executive Committee, if any.  The results of all actions taken at a
     meeting of the Trustees, or by written consent of the Trustees, shall be
     recorded by the Secretary.  The Secretary shall be custodian of the seal
     of the Trust, if any, and (and any other person so authorized by the
     Trustees) shall affix the seal or, if permitted, a facsimile thereof, to
     any instrument executed by the Trust which would be sealed by a New York
     corporation executing the same or a similar instrument and shall attest
     the seal and the signature or signatures of the officer or officers
     executing such instrument on behalf of the Trust.  The Secretary shall
     also perform any other duties commonly incident to such office in a New

                                         -3-
<PAGE>






     York corporation, and shall have such other authorities and duties as the
     Trustees shall from time to time determine.

                      Section 2.7.  TREASURER.  Except as otherwise directed by
     the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have the general supervision of the
     monies, funds, securities, notes receivable and other valuable papers and
     documents of the Trust, and shall have and exercise under the supervision
     of the Trustees and of the President all powers and duties normally
     incident to his office.  The Treasurer may endorse for deposit or
     collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to the Trust or
     to its order and shall deposit all funds of the Trust as may be ordered by
     the Trustees or the President.  The Treasurer shall keep accurate account
     of the books of the Trust's transactions which shall be the property of
     the Trust, and which together with all other property of the Trust in his
     possession, shall be subject at all times to the inspection and control of
     the Trustees.  Unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine, the
     Treasurer shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall
     also be the principal financial officer of the Trust.  The Treasurer shall
     have such other duties and authorities as the Trustees shall from time to
     time determine.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
     contained, the Trustees may authorize the Investment Adviser or the
     Administrator to maintain bank accounts and deposit and disburse funds on
     behalf of the Trust.

                      Section 2.8.  OTHER OFFICERS AND DUTIES.  The Trustees
     may elect such other officers and assistant officers as they shall from
     time to time determine to be necessary or desirable in order to conduct
     the business of the Trust.  Assistant officers shall act generally in the
     absence of the officer whom they assist and shall assist that officer in
     the duties of his office.  Each officer, employee and agent of the Trust
     shall have such other duties and authorities as may be conferred upon him
     by the Trustees or delegated to him by the President.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    Miscellaneous
                                    --------------

                      Section 3.1.  DEPOSITORIES.  The funds of the Trust shall
     be deposited in such depositories as the Trustees shall designate and
     shall be drawn out on checks, drafts or other orders signed by such
     officer, officers, agent or agents (including the Investment Adviser or
     the Administrator) as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

                      Section 3.2.  SIGNATURES.  All contracts and other
     instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Trust by such officer,
     officers, agent or agents as provided in these By-Laws or as the Trustees
     may from time to time by resolution provide.

                      Section 3.3.  SEAL.  The seal of the Trust, if any, may
     be affixed to any document, and the seal and its attestation may be

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






     lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same
     force and effect as if it had been imprinted and attested manually in the
     same manner and with the same effect as if done by a New York corporation.

                      Section 3.4.  INDEMNIFICATION.  Insofar as the
     conditional advancing of indemnification monies under Section 5.4 of the
     Declaration for actions based upon the 1940 Act may be concerned, such
     payments will be made only on the following conditions: (i) the advances
     must be limited to amounts used, or to be used, for the preparation or
     presentation of a defense to the action, including costs connected with
     the preparation of a settlement; (ii) advances may be made only upon
     receipt of a written promise by, or on behalf of, the recipient to repay
     the amount of the advance which exceeds the amount to which it is
     ultimately determined that he is entitled to receive from the Trust by
     reason of indemnification; and (iii) (a) such promise must be secured by a
     surety bond, other suitable insurance or an equivalent form of security
     which assures that any repayment may be obtained by the Trust without
     delay or litigation, which bond, insurance or other form of security must
     be provided by the recipient of the advance, or (b) a majority of a quorum
     of the Trust's disinterested, non-party Trustees, or an independent legal
     counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based upon a review of
     readily available facts, that the recipient of the advance ultimately will
     be found entitled to indemnification.

                      Section 3.5.  DISTRIBUTION DISBURSING AGENTS AND THE
     LIKE.  The Trustees shall have the power to employ and compensate such
     distribution disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for the
     reinvestment of distributions as they shall deem necessary or desirable. 
     Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to
     any of them by the Trustees.


                                     ARTICLE IV

                          Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws
                          ---------------------------------

                      Section 4.1.  REGULATIONS.  The Trustees may make such
     additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as
     they may deem expedient concerning the sale and purchase of Interests of
     the Trust.

                      Section 4.2.  AMENDMENT AND REPEAL OF BY-LAWS.  In
     accordance with Section 2.7 of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have
     the power to alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws or adopt new By-Laws at
     any time.  Action by the Trustees with respect to the By-Laws shall be
     taken by an affirmative vote of a majority of the Trustees.  The Trustees
     shall in no event adopt By-Laws which are in conflict with the
     Declaration.

                      The Declaration refers to the Trustees as Trustees, but
     not as individuals or personally; and no Trustee, officer, employee or

                                         -5-
<PAGE>






     agent of the Trust shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall
     resort be had to their private property for the satisfaction of any
     obligation or claim or otherwise in connection with the affairs of the
     Trust.

















































                                         -6-
<PAGE>









                                       FORM OF

                           HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO

                            INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


              AGREEMENT made this __________ day of_____________________, 1995,
     between High Yield Municipals Portfolio, a New York trust (the "Trust"),
     and Boston Management and Research, a Massachusetts business trust (the
     "Adviser").

              1.      DUTIES OF THE ADVISER.  The Trust hereby employs the
     Adviser to act as investment adviser for and to manage the investment and
     reinvestment of the assets of the Trust and to administer its affairs,
     subject to the supervision of the Trustees of the Trust, for the period
     and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

              The Adviser hereby accepts such employment, and undertakes to
     afford to the Trust the advice and assistance of the Adviser's
     organization in the choice of investments and in the purchase and sale of
     securities for the Trust and to furnish for the use of the Trust office
     space and all necessary office facilities, equipment and personnel for
     servicing the investments of the Trust and for administering its affairs
     and to pay the salaries and fees of all officers and Trustees of the Trust
     who are members of the Adviser's organization and all personnel of the
     Adviser performing services relating to research and investment
     activities.  The Adviser shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be an
     independent contractor and shall, except as otherwise expressly provided
     or authorized, have no authority to act for or represent the Trust in any
     way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall provide the Trust with such investment
     management and supervision as the Trust may from time to time consider
     necessary for the proper supervision of the Trust.  As investment adviser
     to the Trust, the Adviser shall furnish continuously an investment program
     and shall determine from time to time what securities and other
     investments shall be acquired, disposed of or exchanged and what portion
     of the Trust's assets shall be held uninvested, subject always to the
     applicable restrictions of the Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and
     registration statement of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, all as from time to time amended.  Should the Trustees of the Trust
     at any time, however, make any specific determination as to investment
     policy for the Trust and notify the Adviser thereof in writing, the
     Adviser shall be bound by such determination for the period, if any,
     specified in such notice or until similarly notified that such
     determination has been revoked.  The Adviser shall take, on behalf of the
     Trust, all actions which it deems necessary or desirable to implement the
     investment policies of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall place all orders for the purchase or sale of
     portfolio securities for the account of the Trust either directly with the
     issuer or with brokers or dealers selected by the Adviser, and to that end
     the Adviser is authorized as the agent of the Trust to give instructions
<PAGE>






     to the custodian of the Trust as to deliveries of securities and payments
     of cash for the account of the Trust.  In connection with the selection of
     such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, the Adviser shall
     use its best efforts to seek to execute security transactions at prices
     which are advantageous to the Trust and (when a disclosed commission is
     being charged) at reasonably competitive commission rates.  In selecting
     brokers or dealers qualified to execute a particular transaction, brokers
     or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research
     services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities
     Exchange Act of 1934) to the Adviser and the Adviser is expressly
     authorized to pay any broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and
     research services a commission for executing a security transaction which
     is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would
     have charged for effecting that transaction if the Adviser determines in
     good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the
     value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or
     dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the
     overall responsibilities which the Adviser and its affiliates have with
     respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. 
     Subject to the requirement set forth in the second sentence of this
     paragraph, the Adviser is authorized to consider, as a factor in the
     selection of any broker or dealer with whom purchase or sale orders may be
     placed, the fact that such broker or dealer has sold or is selling shares
     of any one or more investment companies sponsored by the Adviser or its
     affiliates or shares of any other investment company investing in the
     Trust.

              2.      COMPENSATION OF THE ADVISER.  For the services, payments
     and facilities to be furnished hereunder by the Adviser, the Adviser shall
     be entitled to receive from the Trust, on a daily basis, compensation in
     an amount equal to the aggregate of:

              (a)     a daily asset-based fee computed by applying the annual
                      asset rate applicable to that portion of the total daily
                      net assets of the Trust in each Category as indicated
                      below:

     Category         Daily Net Assets                  Annual Asset Rate
     --------         ----------------                  -----------------
       1              up to $500 million                         0.400%
       2              $500 million but less than $1 billion      0.375%
       3              $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      0.350%
       4              $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      0.325%
       5              $2 billion but less than $3 billion        0.300%
       6              $3 billion and over                        0.275%, plus

              (b)     a daily income-based fee computed by applying the daily
                      income rate applicable to that portion of the total daily
                      gross income of the Trust (which portion shall bear the
                      same relationship to the total daily gross income on such
                      day as that portion of the total daily net assets of the


                                         -2-                         A:\HYMP.IAA
<PAGE>






                      Trust in the same Category bears to the total daily net
                      assets on such day) in each category as indicated below:


     Category         Daily Net Assets                  Annual Asset Rate
     --------         ----------------                  -----------------

       1              up to $500 million                         4.00%
       2              $500 million but less than $1 billion      3.75%
       3              $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      3.50%
       4              $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      3.25%
       5              $2 billion but less than $3 billion        3.00%
       6              $3 billion and over                        2.75%

     Such daily compensation shall be paid monthly in arrears on the last
     business day of each month.  The Trust's daily net assets and gross income
     shall be computed in accordance with the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     and any applicable votes and determinations of the Trustees of the Trust.

              In case of initiation or termination of the Agreement during any
     month with respect to the Trust, the fee for that month shall be based on
     the number of calendar days during which it is in effect.

              The Adviser may, from time to time, waive all or a part of the
     above compensation.

              3.      ALLOCATION OF CHARGES AND EXPENSES.  It is understood
     that the Trust will pay all expenses other than those expressly stated to
     be payable by the Adviser hereunder, which expenses payable by the Trust
     shall include, without implied limitation, (i) expenses of maintaining the
     Trust and continuing its existence, (ii) registration of the Trust under
     the Investment Company Act of 1940, (iii) commissions, fees and other
     expenses connected with the acquisition, holding and disposition of
     securities and other investments, (iv) auditing, accounting and legal
     expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi) governmental fees, (vii) expenses
     of issue, sale, and redemption of Interests in the Trust, (viii) expenses
     of registering and qualifying the Trust and Interests in the Trust under
     federal and state securities laws and of preparing and printing
     registration statements or other offering statements or memoranda for such
     purposes and for distributing the same to Holders and investors, and fees
     and expenses of registering and maintaining registrations of the Trust and
     of the Trust's placement agent as broker-dealer or agent under state
     securities laws, (ix) expenses of reports and notices to Holders and of
     meetings of Holders and proxy solicitations therefor, (x) expenses of
     reports to governmental officers and commissions, (xi) insurance expenses,
     (xii) association membership dues, (xiii) fees, expenses and disbursements
     of custodians and subcustodians for all services to the Trust (including
     without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities and other investments,
     keeping of books, accounts and records, and determination of net asset
     values, book capital account balances and tax capital account balances),
     (xiv) fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents, dividend
     disbursing agents, Holder servicing agents and registrars for all services

                                         -3-                         A:\HYMP.IAA
<PAGE>






     to the Trust, (xv) expenses for servicing the account of Holders, (xvi)
     any direct charges to Holders approved by the Trustees of the Trust,
     (xvii) compensation and expenses of Trustees of the Trust who are not
     members of the Adviser's organization, and (xviii) such non-recurring
     items as may arise, including expenses incurred in connection with
     litigation, proceedings and claims and the obligation of the Trust to
     indemnify its Trustees, officers and Holders with respect thereto.

              4.      OTHER INTERESTS.  It is understood that Trustees and
     officers of the Trust and Holders of Interests in the Trust are or may be
     or become interested in the Adviser as trustees, shareholders or otherwise
     and that trustees, officers and shareholders of the Adviser are or may be
     or become similarly interested in the Trust, and that the Adviser may be
     or become interested in the Trust as Holder or otherwise.  It is also
     understood that trustees, officers, employees and shareholders of the
     Adviser may be or become interested (as directors, trustees, officers,
     employees, shareholders or otherwise) in other companies or entities
     (including, without limitation, other investment companies) which the
     Adviser may organize, sponsor or acquire, or with which it may merge or
     consolidate, and which may include the words "Eaton Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research" or any combination thereof as part of their name,
     and that the Adviser or its subsidiaries or affiliates may enter into
     advisory or management agreements or other contracts or relationships with
     such other companies or entities.

              5.      LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE ADVISER.  The services of
     the Adviser to the Trust are not to be deemed to be exclusive, the Adviser
     being free to render services to others and engage in other business
     activities.  In the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
     negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the
     part of the Adviser, the Adviser shall not be subject to liability to the
     Trust or to any Holder of Interests in the Trust for any act or omission
     in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for
     any losses which may be sustained in the acquisition, holding or
     disposition of any security or other investment.

              6.      SUB-INVESTMENT ADVISERS.  The Adviser may employ one or
     more sub-investment advisers from time to time to perform such of the acts
     and services of the Adviser, including the selection of brokers or dealers
     to execute the Trust's portfolio security transactions, and upon such
     terms and conditions as may be agreed upon between the Adviser and such
     investment adviser and approved by the Trustees of the Trust.

              7.      DURATION AND TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.  This
     Agreement shall become effective upon the date of its execution, and,
     unless terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full force and
     effect through and including February 28, 1996 and shall continue in full
     force and effect indefinitely thereafter, but only so long as such
     continuance after February 28, 1996 is specifically approved at least
     annually (i) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by the
     vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested

                                         -4-                         A:\HYMP.IAA
<PAGE>






     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either party hereto may, at any time on sixty (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other, terminate this Agreement without the payment
     of any penalty, by action of Trustees of the Trust or the trustees of the
     Adviser, as the case may be, and the Trust may, at any time upon such
     written notice to the Adviser, terminate this Agreement by vote of a
     majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.  This
     Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              8.      AMENDMENTS OF THE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement may be
     amended by a writing signed by both parties hereto, provided that no
     amendment to this Agreement shall be effective until approved (i) by the
     vote of a majority of those Trustees of the Trust who are not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by vote of a majority of
     the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.

              9.      LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  The Adviser expressly
     acknowledges the provision in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust
     (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal liability of the Trustees and
     officers of the Trust, and the Adviser hereby agrees that it shall have
     recourse to the Trust for payment of claims or obligations as between the
     Trust and the Adviser arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              10.     CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.  The terms "assignment" and
     "interested persons" when used herein shall have the respective meanings
     specified in the Investment Company Act of 1940 as now in effect or as
     hereafter amended subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted
     by the Securities and Exchange Commission by any rule, regulation or
     order.  The term "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities"
     shall mean the vote, at a meeting of Holders, of the lesser of (a) 67 per
     centum or more of the Interests in the Trust present or represented by
     proxy at the meeting if the Holders of more than 50 per centum of the
     outstanding Interests in the Trust are present or represented by proxy at
     the meeting, or (b) more than 50 per centum of the outstanding Interests
     in the Trust.  The terms "Holders" and "Interests" when used herein shall
     have the respective meanings specified in the Declaration of Trust of the
     Trust.












                                         -5-                         A:\HYMP.IAA
<PAGE>







              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
     to be executed on the day and year first above written.


                      HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO



                      By:                                  
                               President


                      BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH



                      By:                                       
                         Vice President, and not individually


































                                         -6-                         A:\HYMP.IAA
<PAGE>









                                       FORM OF

                              PLACEMENT AGENT AGREEMENT


                                                              , 1995

     Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc.
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts  02110

     Gentlemen:

              This  is to  confirm  that,  in consideration  of  the  agreements
     hereinafter  contained, the  undersigned, High  Yield Municipals  Portfolio
     (the "Trust"), an  open-end non-diversified  management investment  company
     registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the  "1940
     Act"),  organized  as  a  New  York  trust,  has  agreed  that  Eaton Vance
     Distributors,  Inc. ("EVD") shall  be the  placement agent  (the "Placement
     Agent") of Interests in the Trust ("Trust Interests").

              1.  Services as Placement Agent.

              1.1   EVD  will act  as  Placement Agent  of the  Trust  Interests
     covered by  the Trust's  registration statement  then in  effect under  the
     1940  Act.   In  acting  as  Placement  Agent under  this  Placement  Agent
     Agreement,  neither EVD nor its employees  or any agents thereof shall make
     any  offer or sale of  Trust Interests in a  manner which would require the
     Trust Interests  to be  registered under  the  Securities Act  of 1933,  as
     amended (the "1933 Act").

              1.2   All  activities by  EVD  and  its agents  and  employees  as
     Placement Agent of Trust Interests  shall comply with all  applicable laws,
     rules  and  regulations,  including,  without  limitation,  all  rules  and
     regulations adopted  pursuant  to  the  1940  Act  by  the  Securities  and
     Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). 

              1.3  Nothing herein  shall be  construed to require  the Trust  to
     accept  any offer to  purchase any Trust Interests,  all of  which shall be
     subject to approval by the Board of Trustees.

              1.4   The Portfolio  shall furnish from  time to time  for use  in
     connection with the sale of  Trust Interests such information  with respect
     to the Trust and Trust Interests as EVD may reasonably request.  The  Trust
     shall  also  furnish  EVD  upon  request  with:  (a)  unaudited  semiannual
     statements  of the Trust's  books and accounts  prepared by  the Trust, and
     (b) from time  to time such  additional information  regarding the  Trust's
     financial or regulatory condition as EVD may reasonably request.

              1.5  The Trust represents to EVD that all registration  statements
     filed by the Trust  with the Commission under the 1940 Act  with respect to
     Trust Interests have been prepared  in conformity with the  requirements of

                                          1
<PAGE>






     such statute  and the rules  and regulations of  the Commission thereunder.
     As used in  this Agreement the term "registration statement" shall mean any
     registration  statement  filed  with the  Commission  as  modified  by  any
     amendments  thereto  that at  any  time  shall  have been  filed  with  the
     Commission  by or  on  behalf  of the  Trust.    The Trust  represents  and
     warrants  to  EVD  that   any  registration  statement  will   contain  all
     statements  required to  be  stated therein  in  conformity with  both such
     statute  and  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission;  that  all
     statements of fact  contained in any  registration statement  will be  true
     and  correct in  all  material  respects at  the  time  of filing  of  such
     registration  statement or  amendment  thereto;  and that  no  registration
     statement will include  an untrue statement of  a material fact or  omit to
     state a material  fact required to be  stated therein or necessary  to make
     the statements  therein not misleading  to a purchaser  of Trust Interests.
     The  Trust may but shall not be obligated to propose from time to time such
     amendment  to  any  registration  statement  as  in  the  light  of  future
     developments may, in  the opinion of  the Trust's counsel, be  necessary or
     advisable.    If   the  Trust  shall  not  propose  such  amendment  and/or
     supplement  within fifteen  days after receipt  by the  Trust of  a written
     request  from  EVD to  do  so,  EVD  may,  at its  option,  terminate  this
     Agreement.   The  Trust shall  not file  any amendment to  any registration
     statement  without  giving  EVD  reasonable  notice   thereof  in  advance;
     provided, however,  that nothing contained  in this Agreement  shall in any
     way  limit the  Trust's right to  file at  any time  such amendment  to any
     registration statement  as the Trust  may deem advisable,  such right being
     in all respects absolute and unconditional.

              1.6   The  Trust agrees  to indemnify,  defend and  hold EVD,  its
     several officers  and directors, and any person who controls EVD within the
     meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act  or Section 20 of the Securities  and
     Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act") (for purposes of this paragraph  1.6,
     collectively, "Covered Persons")  free and  harmless from  and against  any
     and all  claims, demands, liabilities  and expenses (including  the cost of
     investigating  or defending  such claims,  demands or  liabilities  and any
     counsel fees  incurred in  connection therewith)  which any Covered  Person
     may  incur under  the  1933 Act,  the 1934  Act,  common law  or otherwise,
     arising  out of  or  based  on any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact
     contained in  any registration statement,  private placement memorandum  or
     other offering  material ("Offering Material")  or arising out  of or based
     on  any omission  to state  a material fact  required to  be stated  in any
     Offering  Material or  necessary  to make  the  statements in  any Offering
     Material not misleading; provided,  however, that the Trust's  agreement to
     indemnify Covered  Persons  shall  not  be  deemed  to  cover  any  claims,
     demands, liabilities or  expenses arising out  of any  financial and  other
     statements as are furnished in  writing to the Trust by EVD in its capacity
     as Placement Agent for use in the answers to any  items of any registration
     statement or in any  statements made in any  Offering Material, or  arising
     out of or based  on any omission  or alleged omission  to state a  material
     fact in  connection  with the  giving of  such information  required to  be
     stated  in such answers  or necessary  to make the  answers not misleading;
     and  further provided that the  Trust's agreement to  indemnify EVD and the
     Trust's  representations and  warranties  hereinbefore  set forth  in  this

                                          2
<PAGE>






     paragraph 1.6 shall not  be deemed to cover any  liability to the Trust  or
     its  investors to  which a  Covered Person  would  otherwise be  subject by
     reason  of  willful misfeasance,  bad  faith  or  gross  negligence in  the
     performance of  its duties,  or by  reason of a  Covered Person's  reckless
     disregard  of its obligations  and duties under this  Agreement.  The Trust
     should  be notified of  any action  brought against a  Covered Person, such
     notification to be  given by a writing  addressed to the Trust,  24 Federal
     Street Boston,  Massachusetts 02110,   with a  copy to  the Adviser of  the
     Trust, Boston Management  and Research, at the same address, promptly after
     the  summons  or  other  first  legal process  shall  have  been  duly  and
     completely served upon such  Covered Person.  The failure to so  notify the
     Trust  of any such  action shall not relieve  the Trust  from any liability
     except to the extent the Trust shall have been prejudiced by such  failure,
     or  from any  liability  that the  Trust  may have  to  the Covered  Person
     against whom such action  is brought by reason of any such untrue statement
     or omission, otherwise than on  account of the Trust's  indemnity agreement
     contained in  this paragraph.   The Trust  will be  entitled to assume  the
     defense  of  any  suit  brought  to  enforce  any  such  claim,  demand  or
     liability, but in  such case such defense shall  be conducted by counsel of
     good  standing chosen  by the  Trust and  approved by  EVD, which  approval
     shall not  be unreasonably  withheld.   In the  event the  Trust elects  to
     assume the defense of  any such  suit and retain  counsel of good  standing
     approved by EVD,  the defendant or defendants  in such suit shall  bear the
     fees and expenses  of any additional counsel  retained by any of  them; but
     in case the Trust does not elect to assume the defense  of any such suit or
     in case  EVD reasonably does  not approve of  counsel chosen by the  Trust,
     the Trust  will reimburse  the Covered  Person named  as defendant in  such
     suit, for the fees and expenses of any counsel retained by  EVD or it.  The
     Trust's  indemnification agreement  contained  in  this paragraph  and  the
     Trust's  representations and  warranties  in  this Agreement  shall  remain
     operative and  in full  force and  effect regardless  of any  investigation
     made by or on behalf  of Covered Persons, and shall survive the delivery of
     any Trust  Interests.  This  agreement of indemnity  will inure exclusively
     to Covered Persons  and their successors.   The Trust agrees to  notify EVD
     promptly of the commencement of  any litigation or proceedings  against the
     Trust  or any of its officers or  Trustees in connection with the issue and
     sale of any Trust Interests.

              1.7   EVD  agrees to  indemnify, defend  and hold  the Trust,  its
     several officers  and  trustees, and  any  person  who controls  the  Trust
     within  the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934
     Act (for purposes of  this paragraph 1.7, collectively,  "Covered Persons")
     free  and  harmless  from  and   against  any  and  all   claims,  demands,
     liabilities  and  expenses   (including  the  costs  of   investigating  or
     defending  such claims, demands, liabilities  and any counsel fees incurred
     in connection  therewith) that  Covered Persons  may incur  under the  1933
     Act, the 1934 Act or common  law or otherwise, but only to  the extent that
     such liability or expense incurred by a  Covered Person resulting from such
     claims or  demands shall arise out  of or be based  on any untrue statement
     of a material fact contained in information furnished  in writing by EVD in
     its capacity as Placement Agent  to the Trust for use in the answers to any
     of  the items of  any registration  statement or  in any statements  in any

                                          3
<PAGE>






     other  Offering Material or shall arise out of  or be based on any omission
     to state a material fact in  connection with such information furnished  in
     writing  by EVD  to the  Trust required  to  be stated  in such  answers or
     necessary to make such  information not misleading.  EVD shall  be notified
     of any  action brought  against a Covered  Person, such notification  to be
     given  by  a  writing  addressed  to  EVD  at  24 Federal  Street,  Boston,
     Massachusetts 02110,  promptly  after  the summons  or  other  first  legal
     process shall  have  been duly  and  completely  served upon  such  Covered
     Person.  EVD shall  have the right of first  control of the defense  of the
     action with counsel  of its own choosing satisfactory  to the Trust if such
     action is  based solely on  such alleged misstatement or  omission on EVD's
     part, and in  any other event each  Covered Person shall have the  right to
     participate  in  the defense  or  preparation of  the  defense of  any such
     action.  The failure to so notify EVD of any such  action shall not relieve
     EVD from  any liability  except to  the extent  the Trust  shall have  been
     prejudiced  by such failure,  or from  any liability  that EVD may  have to
     Covered Persons by  reason of any such untrue  or alleged untrue statement,
     or  omission  or alleged  omission,  otherwise  than  on  account of  EVD's
     indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph.

              1.8   No Trust  Interests shall be  offered by either  EVD or  the
     Trust under  any of the provisions of this Agreement  and no orders for the
     purchase or sale  of Trust  Interests hereunder  shall be  accepted by  the
     Trust if and so  long as the effectiveness of the registration statement or
     any necessary  amendments  thereto shall  be  suspended  under any  of  the
     provisions  of  the 1933 Act  or  the  1940  Act;  provided, however,  that
     nothing contained in  this paragraph shall in  any way restrict or  have an
     application  to  or bearing  on  the  Trust's  obligation  to redeem  Trust
     Interests from  any  investor in  accordance  with  the provisions  of  the
     Trust's registration  statement or  Declaration of  Trust, as amended  from
     time to time.

              1.9   The  Trust  agrees  to  advise EVD  as  soon  as  reasonably
     practical by a notice in writing delivered to EVD or its counsel:

              (a)    of any  request  by the  Commission  for amendments  to the
     registration statement then in effect or for additional information;

              (b)   in the event of the  issuance by the Commission  of any stop
     order  suspending the  effectiveness of the  registration statement then in
     effect  or the  initiation  by  service of  process  on  the Trust  of  any
     proceeding for that purpose;

              (c)    of  the  happening  of  any  event  that  makes  untrue any
     statement of  a material fact  made in  the registration statement  then in
     effect  or that  requires  the making  of  a  change in  such  registration
     statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and

              (d)    of  all  action  of  the  Commission  with  respect to  any
     amendment to  any registration  statement  that may  from time  to time  be
     filed with the Commission.


                                          4
<PAGE>






              For purposes of  this paragraph 1.9, informal requests by  or acts
     of the Staff of the Commission  shall not be deemed actions of or  requests
     by the Commission.

              1.10   EVD agrees on behalf  of itself and its  employees to treat
     confidentially and as  proprietary information of the Trust all records and
     other information not  otherwise publicly available relative  to the  Trust
     and its prior, present  or potential investors and not to use  such records
     and  information   for   any  purpose   other  than   performance  of   its
     responsibilities and duties  hereunder, except after prior  notification to
     and  approval  in  writing  by  the  Trust,  which approval  shall  not  be
     unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld  where EVD may be exposed  to
     civil  or  criminal  contempt  proceedings  for  failure  to  comply,  when
     requested to  divulge such information by  duly constituted authorities, or
     when so requested by the Trust.

              2.  Duration and Termination of this Agreement.

              This  Agreement shall  become  effective  upon  the  date  of  its
     execution, and, unless  terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full
     force and  effect  through  and  including  February  28,  1997  and  shall
     continue in  full force  and effect  indefinitely thereafter,  but only  so
     long as such continuance after  February 28, 1997 is  specifically approved
     at  least annually (i) by the Board of Trustees  of the Trust or by vote of
     a majority of  the outstanding voting securities  of the Trust and  (ii) by
     the  vote  of a  majority  of  those  Trustees of  the  Trust  who are  not
     interested  persons of EVD or the Trust cast  in person at a meeting called
     for the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either  party hereto may,  at any  time on sixty (60)  days' prior
     written notice to the other,  terminate this agreement without  the payment
     of  any penalty,  by action of  Trustees of the  Trust or  the Directors of
     EVD,  as the case may be, and the Trust  may, at any time upon such written
     notice to  EVD, terminate  this  Agreement by  vote of  a majority  of  the
     outstanding  voting  securities  of  the  Trust.     This  Agreement  shall
     terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              3.  Representations and Warranties.

              EVD and  the Trust  each  hereby represents  and warrants  to  the
     other  that it has all requisite authority  to enter into, execute, deliver
     and perform its obligations under this Agreement  and that, with respect to
     it, this  Agreement  is  legal,  valid  and  binding,  and  enforceable  in
     accordance with its terms.

              4.  Limitation of Liability.

              EVD  expressly acknowledges  the provision  in the  Declaration of
     Trust  of the Trust (Sections 5.2  and 5.6) limiting the personal liability
     of the  Trustees and officers of the  Trust, and EVD hereby  agrees that it
     shall have recourse  to the Trust for  payment of claims or  obligations as


                                          5
<PAGE>






     between the Trust and EVD arising  out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              5.  Certain Definitions.

              The terms  "assignment" and "interested persons"  when used herein
     shall have the  respective meanings specified in the Investment Company Act
     of 1940  as now in effect or as hereafter amended subject, however, to such
     exemptions as may be  granted by the Securities and Exchange  Commission by
     any  rule, regulation  or  order.   The term  "vote  of a  majority of  the
     outstanding  voting  securities" shall  mean  the  vote,  at  a meeting  of
     Holders, of the lesser  of (a) 67  per centum or  more of the Interests  in
     the  Trust present or represented by proxy at the meeting if the Holders of
     more than  50 per  centum of  the outstanding  Interests in  the Trust  are
     present  or represented by  proxy at the meeting,  or (b) more  than 50 per
     centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust.  The terms "Holders"  and
     "Interests" when used  herein shall have the respective  meanings specified
     in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

              6.  Concerning Applicable Provisions of Law, etc.

              This Agreement shall  be subject to  all applicable  provisions of
     law, including the applicable provisions of the 1940  Act and to the extent
     that  any provisions  herein contained  conflict  with any  such applicable
     provisions of law, the latter shall control.

              The  laws of the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts shall,  except to
     the  extent  that  any  applicable  provisions  of  federal  law  shall  be
     controlling,  govern  the   construction,  validity  and  effect   of  this
     Agreement, without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

              If the contract set  forth herein is acceptable to  you, please so
     indicate by executing  the enclosed copy  of this  Agreement and  returning
     the same  to the undersigned,  whereupon this Agreement  shall constitute a
     binding contract between  the parties hereto  effective at  the closing  of
     business on the date hereof.

                                       Yours very truly,

                                       HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                                                 

                                       By: ____________________________________
                                                President

     Accepted:

     EATON VANCE DISTRIBUTORS, INC.


     By: _______________________________________
              President

                                          6
<PAGE>









                                       FORM OF

                           HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO




                                                                          , 1995




     High Yield Municipals Portfolio hereby adopts and agrees to become a party
     to the attached Master Custodian Agreement between the Eaton Vance Hub
     Portfolios and Investors Bank & Trust Company.


                               HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO




                               BY: --------------------------------
                                       President



     Accepted and agreed to:

     INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY



     BY: --------------------------------
              Title:
<PAGE>















                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

                                       between

                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS

                                         and

                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  -----------------

     1.       Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1-3

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It  . . . .   3

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to
              Property of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  . . . . . . . . . .   3-4

              B.  Delivery of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4-6

              C.  Registration of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

              D.  Bank Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

              E.  Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests,
                  in the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

              F.  Investment and Availability of Federal Funds . . . . . . .   7

              G.  Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7-8

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8-9

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of
                  Receipt of Securities Purchased  . . . . . . . . . . . .  9-10

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions
                  of Interests of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian . . . . . . . . . .  10

              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities
                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10-12

              M.  Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                  Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper . . . . . . . .   12-14

              N.  Segregated Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14-15

              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  . . . . . . . . .  15

              P.  Proxies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio   . . . . . . .  15
                  Securities

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  . . . . . . . . . .   15-16


                                          i
<PAGE>






              S.  Depository Receipts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits . . . . . . . . . .  16

              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign
                  Currency Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17-18

              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  . . . . . . .  18

      4.      Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and
              Calculations of Net Asset Value  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18-19

      5.      Records and Miscellaneous Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19-20

      6.      Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . .  20

      7.      Compensation and Expenses of Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20

      8.      Responsibility of Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20-21

      9.      Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust . . . . . . . . .  21

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment;
              Successor Custodian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21-22

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

     12.      Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22-23

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . .  23





















                                          ii
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


              This Agreement is made between each investment company advised by
     Boston Management and Research which has adopted this Agreement in the
     manner provided herein and Investors Bank & Trust Company (hereinafter
     called "Bank", "Custodian" and "Agent"), a trust company established under
     the laws of Massachusetts with a principal place of business in Boston,
     Massachusetts.

              Whereas, each such investment company is registered under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940 and has appointed the Bank to act as
     Custodian of its property and to perform certain duties as its Agent, as
     more fully hereinafter set forth; and

              Whereas, the Bank is willing and able to act as each such
     investment company's Custodian and Agent, subject to and in accordance
     with the provisions hereof;

              Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises and of the
     mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, each such investment
     company and the Bank agree as follows:

     1.       Definitions
              ------------

              Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases,
     unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

              (a) "Trust" shall mean the investment company which has adopted
                  this Agreement.

              (b) "Board" shall mean the board of trustees of the Trust.

              (c) "The Depository Trust Company", a clearing agency registered
                  with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A
                  of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a
                  securities depository and which has been specifically
                  approved as a securities depository for the Trust by the
                  Board.

              (d) "Participants Trust Company", a clearing agency registered
                  with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A
                  of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which acts as a
                  securities depository and which has been specifically
                  approved as a securities depository for the Trust by the
                  Board.

              (e) "Approved Clearing Agency" shall mean any other domestic
                  clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange
                  Commission under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act
                  of 1934 which acts as a securities depository BUT ONLY if the

                                          1
<PAGE>






                  Custodian has received a certified copy of a resolution of
                  the Board approving such clearing agency as a securities
                  depository for the Trust.

              (f) "Federal Book-Entry System" shall mean the book-entry system
                  referred to in Rule 17f-4(b) under the Investment Company Act
                  of 1940 for United States and federal agency securities
                  (i.e., as provided in Subpart O of Treasury Circular No. 300,
                  31 CFR 306, Subpart B of 31 CFR Part 350, and the book-entry
                  regulations of federal agencies substantially in the form of
                  Subpart O).

              (g) "Approved Foreign Securities Depository" shall mean a foreign
                  securities depository or clearing agency referred to in Rule
                  17f-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 for foreign
                  securities BUT ONLY if the Custodian has received a certified
                  copy of a resolution of the Board approving such depository
                  or clearing agency as a foreign securities depository for the
                  Trust.

              (h) "Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper" shall mean
                  a system maintained by the Custodian or by a subcustodian
                  employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof for the holding of
                  commercial paper in book-entry form BUT ONLY if the Custodian
                  has received a certified copy of a resolution of the Board
                  approving the participation by the Trust in such system.

              (i) The Custodian shall be deemed to have received "proper
                  instructions" in respect of any of the matters referred to in
                  this Agreement upon receipt of written or facsimile
                  instructions signed by such one or more person or persons as
                  the Board shall have from time to time authorized to give the
                  particular class of instructions in question.  Different
                  persons may be authorized to give instructions for different
                  purposes.  A certified copy of a resolution of the Board may
                  be received and accepted by the Custodian as conclusive
                  evidence of the authority of any such person to act and may
                  be considered as in full force and effect until receipt of
                  written notice to the contrary.  Such instructions may be
                  general or specific in terms and, where appropriate, may be
                  standing instructions.  Unless the resolution delegating
                  authority to any person or persons to give a particular class
                  of instructions specifically requires that the approval of
                  any person, persons or committee shall first have been
                  obtained before the Custodian may act on instructions of that
                  class, the Custodian shall be under no obligation to question
                  the right of the person or persons giving such instructions
                  in so doing.  Oral instructions will be considered proper
                  instructions if the Custodian reasonably believes them to
                  have been given by a person authorized to give such
                  instructions with respect to the transaction involved.  The
                  Trust shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in

                                          2
<PAGE>






                  writing.  The Trust authorizes the Custodian to tape record
                  any and all telephonic or other oral instructions given to
                  the Custodian.  Upon receipt of a certificate signed by two
                  officers of the Trust as to the authorization by the
                  President and the Treasurer of the Trust accompanied by a
                  detailed description of the communication procedures approved
                  by the President and the Treasurer of the Trust, "proper
                  instructions" may also include communications effected
                  directly between electromechanical or electronic devices
                  provided that the President and Treasurer of the Trust and
                  the Custodian are satisfied that such procedures afford
                  adequate safeguards for the Trust's assets.  In performing
                  its duties generally, and more particularly in connection
                  with the purchase, sale and exchange of securities made by or
                  for the Trust, the Custodian may take cognizance of the
                  provisions of the governing documents and registration
                  statement of the Trust as the same may from time to time be
                  in effect (and resolutions or proceedings of the holders of
                  interests in the Trust or the Board), but, nevertheless,
                  except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Custodian
                  may assume unless and until notified in writing to the
                  contrary that so-called proper instructions received by it
                  are not in conflict with or in any way contrary to any
                  provisions of such governing documents and registration
                  statement, or resolutions or proceedings of the holders of
                  interests in the Trust or the Board.

              (j) The term "Vote" when used with respect to the Board or the
                  Holders of Interests in the Trust shall include a vote,
                  resolution, consent, proceeding and other action taken by the
                  Board or Holders in accordance with the Declaration of Trust
                  or By-Laws of the Trust.

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It
              -----------------------------------------------------

              The Trust hereby appoints and employs the Bank as its Custodian
     and Agent in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof, and the
     Bank hereby accepts such appointment and employment.  The Trust agrees to
     deliver to the Custodian all securities, participation interests, cash and
     other assets owned by it, and all payments of income, payments of
     principal and capital distributions and adjustments received by it with
     respect to all securities and participation interests owned by the Trust
     from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it from time to
     time in exchange for an interest in the Trust or for an increase in such
     an interest.  The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of
     the Trust held by the Trust and not delivered by the Trust to the
     Custodian.  The Trust will also deliver to the Bank from time to time
     copies of its currently effective declaration of trust, by-laws,
     registration statement and placement agent agreement with its placement
     agent, together with such resolutions, and other proceedings of the Trust


                                          3
<PAGE>






     as may be necessary for or convenient to the Bank in the performance of
     its duties hereunder.

              The Custodian may from time to time employ one or more
     subcustodians to perform such acts and services upon such terms and
     conditions as shall be approved from time to time by the Board.  Any such
     subcustodian so employed by the Custodian shall be deemed to be the agent
     of the Custodian, and the Custodian shall remain primarily responsible for
     the securities, participation interests, moneys and other property of the
     Trust held by such subcustodian.  Any foreign subcustodian shall be a bank
     or trust company which is an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning
     of Rule 17f-5 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the foreign
     custody arrangements shall be approved by the Board and shall be in
     accordance with and subject to the provisions of said Rule.  For the
     purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust held by any such
     subcustodian (domestic or foreign) shall be deemed to be held by the
     Custodian under the terms of this Agreement.

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Trust 
              --------------------------------------------------------------

              A.  SAFEKEEPING AND HOLDING OF PROPERTY  The Custodian shall keep
                  safely all property of the Trust and on behalf of the Trust
                  shall from time to time receive delivery of Trust property
                  for safekeeping.  The Custodian shall hold, earmark and
                  segregate on its books and records for the account of the
                  Trust all property of the Trust, including all securities,
                  participation interests and other assets of the Trust (1)
                  physically held by the Custodian, (2) held by any
                  subcustodian referred to in Section 2 hereof or by any agent
                  referred to in Paragraph K hereof, (3) held by or maintained
                  in The Depository Trust Company or in Participants Trust
                  Company or in an Approved Clearing Agency or in the Federal
                  Book-Entry System or in an Approved Foreign Securities
                  Depository, each of which from time to time is referred to
                  herein as a "Securities System", and (4) held by the
                  Custodian or by any subcustodian referred to in Section 2
                  hereof and maintained in any Approved Book-Entry System for
                  Commercial Paper.

              B.  DELIVERY OF SECURITIES The Custodian shall release and
                  deliver securities or participation interests owned by the
                  Trust held (or deemed to be held) by the Custodian or
                  maintained in a Securities System account or in an Approved
                  Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper account only upon
                  receipt of proper instructions, which may be continuing
                  instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only
                  in the following cases:

                  1)  Upon sale of such securities or participation interests
                      for the account of the Trust, BUT ONLY against receipt of
                      payment therefor; if delivery is made in Boston or New

                                          4
<PAGE>






                      York City, payment therefor shall be made in accordance
                      with generally accepted clearing house procedures or by
                      use of Federal Reserve Wire System procedures; if
                      delivery is made elsewhere payment therefor shall be in
                      accordance with the then current "street delivery" custom
                      or in accordance with such procedures agreed to in
                      writing from time to time by the parties hereto; if the
                      sale is effected through a Securities System, delivery
                      and payment therefor shall be made in accordance with the
                      provisions of Paragraph L hereof; if the sale of
                      commercial paper is to be effected through an Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, delivery and
                      payment therefor shall be made in accordance with the
                      provisions of Paragraph M hereof; if the securities are
                      to be sold outside the United States, delivery may be
                      made in accordance with procedures agreed to in writing
                      from time to time by the parties hereto; for the purposes
                      of this subparagraph, the term "sale" shall include the
                      disposition of a portfolio security (i) upon the exercise
                      of an option written by the Trust and (ii) upon the
                      failure by the Trust to make a successful bid with
                      respect to a portfolio security, the continued holding of
                      which is contingent upon the making of such a bid;

                  2)  Upon the receipt of payment in connection with any
                      repurchase agreement or reverse repurchase agreement
                      relating to such securities and entered into by the
                      Trust;

                  3)  To the depository agent in connection with tender or
                      other similar offers for portfolio securities of the
                      Trust;

                  4)  To the issuer thereof or its agent when such securities
                      or participation interests are called, redeemed, retired
                      or otherwise become payable; PROVIDED that, in any such
                      case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered
                      to the Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant to
                      Section 2 hereof;

                  5)  To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into
                      the name of the Trust or into the name of any nominee of
                      the Custodian or into the name or nominee name of any
                      agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof or into
                      the name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed
                      pursuant to Section 2 hereof; or for exchange for a
                      different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence
                      representing the same aggregate face amount or number of
                      units; PROVIDED that, in any such case, the new
                      securities or participation interests are to be delivered
                      to the Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant to
                      Section 2 hereof;

                                          5
<PAGE>






                  6)  To the broker selling the same for examination in
                      accordance with the "street delivery" custom; PROVIDED
                      that the Custodian shall adopt such procedures as the
                      Trust from time to time shall approve to ensure their
                      prompt return to the Custodian by the broker in the event
                      the broker elects not to accept them;

                  7)  For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of
                      merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization
                      or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such
                      securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion of
                      such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement;
                      PROVIDED that, in any such case, the new securities and
                      cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                      subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof;

                  8)  In the case of warrants, rights or similar securities,
                      the surrender thereof in connection with the exercise of
                      such warrants, rights or similar securities, or the
                      surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for
                      definitive securities; PROVIDED that, in any such case,
                      the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered
                      to the Custodian or any subcustodian employed pursuant to
                      Section 2 hereof;

                  9)  For delivery in connection with any loans of securities
                      made by the Trust (such loans to be made pursuant to the
                      terms of the Trust's current registration statement), BUT
                      ONLY against receipt of adequate collateral as agreed
                      upon from time to time by the Custodian and the Trust,
                      which may be in the form of cash or obligations issued by
                      the United States government, its agencies or
                      instrumentalities; except that in connection with any
                      securities loans for which collateral is to be credited
                      to the Custodian's account in the book-entry system
                      authorized by the U.S. Department of Treasury, the
                      Custodian will not be held liable or responsible for the
                      delivery of securities loaned by the Trust prior to the
                      receipt of such collateral;

                10)   For delivery as security in connection with any
                      borrowings by the Trust requiring a pledge or
                      hypothecation of assets by the Trust (if then permitted
                      under circumstances described in the current registration
                      statement of the Trust), provided, that the securities
                      shall be released only upon payment to the Custodian of
                      the monies borrowed, except that in cases where
                      additional collateral is required to secure a borrowing
                      already made, further securities may be released for that
                      purpose; upon receipt of proper instructions, the
                      Custodian may pay any such loan upon redelivery to it of


                                          6
<PAGE>






                      the securities pledged or hypothecated therefor and upon
                      surrender of the note or notes evidencing the loan;

                11)   When required for delivery in connection with any
                      redemption or repurchase of an interest in the Trust in
                      accordance with the provisions of Paragraph J hereof;

                12)   For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any
                      agreement between the Custodian (or a subcustodian
                      employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof) and a
                      broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange
                      Act of 1934 and, if necessary, the Trust, relating to
                      compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing
                      Corporation or of any registered national securities
                      exchange, or of any similar organization or
                      organizations, regarding deposit or escrow or other
                      arrangements in connection with options transactions by
                      the Trust;

                13)   For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any
                      agreement among the Trust, the Custodian (or a
                      subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof), and
                      a futures commissions merchant, relating to compliance
                      with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading
                      Commission and/or of any contract market or commodities
                      exchange or similar organization, regarding futures
                      margin account deposits or payments in connection with
                      futures transactions by the Trust;

                14)   For any other proper corporate purpose, BUT ONLY upon
                      receipt of, in addition to proper instructions, a
                      certified copy of a resolution of the Board specifying
                      the securities to be delivered, setting forth the purpose
                      for which such delivery is to be made, declaring such
                      purpose to be proper corporate purpose, and naming the
                      person or persons to whom delivery of such securities
                      shall be made.

              C.      REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES  Securities held by the
                      Custodian (other than bearer securities) for the account
                      of the Trust shall be registered in the name of the Trust
                      or in the name of any nominee of the Trust or of any
                      nominee of the Custodian, or in the name or nominee name
                      of any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof, or
                      in the name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed
                      pursuant to Section 2 hereof, or in the name or nominee
                      name of The Depository Trust Company or Participants
                      Trust Company or Approved Clearing Agency or Federal
                      Book-Entry System or Approved Book-Entry System for
                      Commercial Paper; provided, that securities are held in
                      an account of the Custodian or of such agent or of such
                      subcustodian containing only assets of the Trust or only

                                          7
<PAGE>






                      assets held by the Custodian or such agent or such
                      subcustodian as a custodian or subcustodian or in a
                      fiduciary capacity for customers.  All certificates for
                      securities accepted by the Custodian or any such agent or
                      subcustodian on behalf of the Trust shall be in "street"
                      or other good delivery form or shall be returned to the
                      selling broker or dealer who shall be advised of the
                      reason thereof.

              D.    BANK ACCOUNTS  The Custodian shall open and maintain a
                    separate bank account or accounts in the name of the Trust,
                    subject only to draft or order by the Custodian acting in
                    pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in
                    such account or accounts, subject to the provisions hereof,
                    all cash received by it from or for the account of the
                    Trust other than cash maintained by the Trust in a bank
                    account established and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3
                    under the Investment Company Act of 1940.  Funds held by
                    the Custodian for the Trust may be deposited by it to its
                    credit as Custodian in the Banking Department of the
                    Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies as the
                    Custodian may in its discretion deem necessary or
                    desirable; PROVIDED, however, that every such bank or trust
                    company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the
                    Investment Company Act of 1940 and that each such bank or
                    trust company and the funds to be deposited with each such
                    bank or trust company shall be approved in writing by two
                    officers of the Trust.  Such funds shall be deposited by
                    the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian and shall be
                    subject to withdrawal only by the Custodian in that
                    capacity.

              E.    PAYMENTS FOR INTERESTS, OR INCREASES IN INTERESTS, IN THE
                    TRUST  The Custodian shall make appropriate arrangements
                    with the Transfer Agent of the Trust to enable the
                    Custodian to make certain it promptly receives the cash or
                    other consideration due to the Trust for payment of
                    interests in the Trust, or increases in such interests, in
                    accordance with the governing documents and registration
                    statement of the Trust.  The Custodian will provide prompt
                    notification to the Trust of any receipt by it of such
                    payments.

              F.    INVESTMENT AND AVAILABILITY OF FEDERAL FUNDS  Upon
                    agreement between the Trust and the Custodian, the
                    Custodian shall, upon the receipt of proper instructions,
                    which may be continuing instructions when deemed
                    appropriate by the parties, invest in such securities and
                    instruments as may be set forth in such instructions on the
                    same day as received all federal funds received after a
                    time agreed upon between the Custodian and the Trust.


                                          8
<PAGE>






              G.    COLLECTIONS  The Custodian shall promptly collect all
                    income and other payments with respect to registered
                    securities held hereunder to which the Trust shall be
                    entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the
                    securities business, and shall promptly collect all income
                    and other payments with respect to bearer securities if, on
                    the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are held
                    by the Custodian or agent thereof and shall credit such
                    income, as collected, to the Trust's custodian account. 
                    The Custodian shall do all things necessary and proper in
                    connection with such prompt collections and, without
                    limiting the generality of the foregoing, the  Custodian
                    shall

                     1)   Present for payment all coupons and other income items
                          requiring presentations;

                     2)   Present for payment all securities which may mature or
                          be called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become
                          payable;

                     3)   Endorse and deposit for collection, in the name of the
                          Trust, checks, drafts or other negotiable instruments;

                     4)   Credit income from securities maintained in a
                          Securities System or in an Approved Book-Entry System
                          for Commercial Paper at the time funds become
                          available to the Custodian; in the case of securities
                          maintained in The Depository Trust Company funds shall
                          be deemed available to the Trust not later than the
                          opening of business on the first business day after
                          receipt of such funds by the Custodian.

                     The Custodian shall notify the Trust as soon as reasonably
                     practicable whenever income due on any security is not
                     promptly collected.  In any case in which the Custodian
                     does not receive any due and unpaid income after it has
                     made demand for the same, it shall immediately so notify
                     the Trust in writing, enclosing copies of any demand
                     letter, any written response thereto, and memoranda of all
                     oral responses thereto and to telephonic demands, and
                     await instructions from the Trust; the Custodian shall in
                     no case have any liability for any nonpayment of such
                     income provided the Custodian meets the standard of care
                     set forth in Section 8 hereof.  The Custodian shall not be
                     obligated to take legal action for collection unless and
                     until reasonably indemnified to its satisfaction.

                     The Custodian shall also receive and collect all stock
                     dividends, rights and other items of like nature, and deal
                     with the same pursuant to proper instructions relative
                     thereto.

                                          9
<PAGE>






              H.    PAYMENT OF TRUST MONIES  Upon receipt of proper
                    instructions, which may be continuing instructions when
                    deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay
                    out monies of the Trust in the following cases only:

                     1)   Upon the purchase of securities, participation
                          interests, options, futures contracts, forward
                          contracts and options on futures contracts purchased
                          for the account of the Trust but only (a) against the
                          receipt of

                               (i) such securities registered as provided in
                               Paragraph C hereof or in proper form for transfer
                               or

                               (ii) detailed instructions signed by an officer
                               of the Trust regarding the participation
                               interests to be purchased or

                               (iii)written confirmation of the purchase by the
                               Trust of the options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts or options on futures contracts by the
                               Custodian (or by a subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof or by a clearing corporation
                               of a national securities exchange of which the
                               Custodian is a member or by any bank, banking
                               institution or trust company doing business in
                               the United States or abroad which is qualified
                               under the Investment Company Act of 1940 to act
                               as a custodian and which has been designated by
                               the Custodian as its agent for this purpose or by
                               the agent specifically designated in such
                               instructions as representing the purchasers of a
                               new issue of privately placed securities); (b) in
                               the case of a purchase effected through a
                               Securities System, upon receipt of the securities
                               by the Securities System in accordance with the
                               conditions set forth in Paragraph L hereof; (c)
                               in the case of a purchase of commercial paper
                               effected through an Approved Book-Entry System
                               for Commercial Paper, upon receipt of the paper
                               by the Custodian or subcustodian in accordance
                               with the conditions set forth in Paragraph M
                               hereof; (d) in the case of repurchase agreements
                               entered into between the Trust and another bank
                               or a broker-dealer, against receipt by the
                               Custodian of the securities underlying the
                               repurchase agreement either in certificate form
                               or through an entry crediting the Custodian's
                               segregated, non-proprietary account at the
                               Federal Reserve Bank of Boston with such
                               securities along with written evidence of the

                                          10
<PAGE>






                               agreement by the bank or broker-dealer to
                               repurchase such securities from the Trust; or (e)
                               with respect to securities purchased outside of
                               the United States, in accordance with written
                               procedures agreed to from time to time in writing
                               by the parties hereto;

                          2)   When required in connection with the conversion,
                               exchange or surrender of securities owned by the
                               Trust as set forth in Paragraph B hereof;

                          3)   When required for the reduction or redemption of
                               an interest in the Trust in accordance with the
                               provisions of Paragraph J hereof;

                          4)   For the payment of any expense or liability
                               incurred by the Trust, including but not limited
                               to the following payments for the account of the
                               Trust:  advisory fees, interest, taxes,
                               management compensation and expenses, accounting,
                               transfer agent and legal fees, and other
                               operating expenses of the Trust whether or not
                               such expenses are to be in whole or part
                               capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

                          5)   For distributions or payment to Holders of
                               Interest in the Trust; and

                          6)   For any other proper corporate purpose, BUT ONLY
                               upon receipt of, in addition to proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the Board, specifying the amount of such payment,
                               setting forth the purpose for which such payment
                               is to be made, declaring such purpose to be a
                               proper corporate purpose, and naming the person
                               or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

              I.  LIABILITY FOR PAYMENT IN ADVANCE OF RECEIPT OF SECURITIES
                  PURCHASED  In any and every case where payment for purchase
                  of securities for the account of the Trust is made by the
                  Custodian in advance of receipt of the securities purchased
                  in the absence of specific written instructions signed by two
                  officers of the Trust to so pay in advance, the Custodian
                  shall be absolutely liable to the Trust for such securities
                  to the same extent as if the securities had been received by
                  the Custodian; EXCEPT that in the case of a repurchase
                  agreement entered into by the Trust with a bank which is a
                  member of the Federal Reserve System, the Custodian may
                  transfer trusts to the account of such bank prior to the
                  receipt of (i) the securities in certificate form subject to
                  such repurchase agreement or (ii) written evidence that the
                  securities subject to such repurchase agreement have been

                                          11
<PAGE>






                  transferred by book-entry into a segregated non-proprietary
                  account of the Custodian maintained with the Federal Reserve
                  Bank of Boston or (iii) the safekeeping receipt, PROVIDED
                  that such securities have in fact been so TRANSFERRED by
                  book-entry and the written repurchase agreement is received
                  by the Custodian in due course; AND EXCEPT that if the
                  securities are to be purchased outside the United States,
                  payment may be made in accordance with procedures agreed to
                  in writing from time to time by the parties hereto.

              J.  PAYMENTS FOR REPURCHASES OR REDEMPTIONS OF INTERESTS IN THE
                  TRUST  From such funds as may be available for the purpose,
                  but subject to any applicable resolutions of the Board and
                  the current procedures of the Trust, the Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of written instructions from the Trust or from
                  the Trust's Transfer Agent, make funds and/or portfolio
                  securities available for payment to Holders of Interest in
                  the Trust who have caused the amount of their interests to be
                  reduced, or for their interest to be redeemed.

              K.  APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS BY THE CUSTODIAN  The Custodian may at
                  any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any
                  time remove) any other bank or trust company (PROVIDED such
                  bank or trust company is itself qualified under the
                  Investment Company Act of 1940 to act as a custodian or is
                  itself an eligible foreign custodian within the meaning of
                  Rule 17f-5 under said Act) as the agent of the Custodian to
                  carry out such of the duties and functions of the Custodian
                  described in this Section 3 as the Custodian may from time to
                  time direct; PROVIDED, however, that the appointment of any
                  such agent shall not relieve the Custodian of any of its
                  responsibilities or liabilities hereunder, and as between the
                  Trust and the Custodian the Custodian shall be fully
                  responsible for the acts and omissions of any such agent. 
                  For the purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust
                  held by any such agent shall be deemed to be held by the
                  Custodian hereunder.

              L.  DEPOSIT OF TRUST PORTFOLIO SECURITIES IN SECURITIES SYSTEMS 
                  The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by
                  the Trust

                          (1)  in The Depository Trust Company;

                          (2)  in Participants Trust Company;

                          (3)  in any other Approved Clearing Agency;

                          (4)  in the Federal Book-Entry System; or

                          (5)  in an Approved Foreign Securities Depository


                                          12
<PAGE>






                      in each case only in accordance with applicable Federal
                      Reserve Board and Securities and Exchange Commission
                      rules and regulations, and at all times subject to the
                      following provisions:

                      (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2 keep
                      securities of the Trust in a Securities System provided
                      that such securities are maintained in a non-proprietary
                      account ("Account") of the Custodian or such subcustodian
                      in the Securities System which shall not include any
                      assets of the Custodian or such subcustodian or any other
                      person other than assets held by the Custodian or such
                      subcustodian as a fiduciary, custodian, or otherwise for
                      its customers.

                      (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                      securities of the Trust which are maintained in a
                      Securities System shall identify by book-entry those
                      securities belonging to the Trust, and the Custodian
                      shall be fully and completely responsible for maintaining
                      a recordkeeping system capable of accurately and
                      currently stating the Trust's holdings maintained in each
                      such Securities System.

                      (c)  The Custodian shall pay for securities purchased in
                      book-entry form for the account of the Trust only upon
                      (i) receipt of notice or advice from the Securities
                      System that such securities have been transferred to the
                      Account, and (ii) the making of any entry on the records
                      of the Custodian to reflect such payment and transfer for
                      the account of the Trust.  The Custodian shall transfer
                      securities sold for the account of the Trust only upon
                      (i) receipt of notice or advice from the Securities
                      System that payment for such securities has been
                      transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of an
                      entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such
                      transfer and payment for the account of the Trust. Copies
                      of all notices or advices from the Securities System of
                      transfers of securities for the account of the Trust
                      shall identify the Trust, be maintained for the Trust by
                      the Custodian and be promptly provided to the Trust at
                      its request.  The Custodian shall promptly send to the
                      Trust confirmation of each transfer to or from the
                      account of the Trust in the form of a written advice or
                      notice of each such transaction, and shall furnish to the
                      Trust copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting each
                      day's transactions in the Securities System for the
                      account of the Trust on the next business day.

                      (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or obtained by the

                                          13
<PAGE>






                      Custodian relating to the Securities System's accounting
                      system, system of internal accounting controls or
                      procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in the
                      Securities System; the Custodian shall promptly send to
                      the Trust any report or other communication relating to
                      the Custodian's internal accounting controls and
                      procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in any
                      Securities System; and the Custodian shall ensure that
                      any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof or any
                      subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof shall
                      promptly send to the Trust and to the Custodian any
                      report or other communication relating to such agent's or
                      subcustodian's internal accounting controls and
                      procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in any
                      Securities System.  The Custodian's books and records 
                      relating to the Trust's participation in each Securities
                      System will at all times during regular business hours be
                      open to the inspection of the Trust's authorized
                      officers, employees or agents.

                      (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph L
                      in the absence of receipt of a certificate of an officer
                      of the Trust that the Board has approved the use of a
                      particular Securities System; the Custodian shall also
                      obtain appropriate assurance from the officers of the
                      Trust that the Board has annually reviewed the continued
                      use by the Trust of each Securities System, and the Trust
                      shall promptly notify the Custodian if the use of a
                      Securities System is to be discontinued; at the request
                      of the Trust, the Custodian will terminate the use of any
                      such Securities System as promptly as practicable.

                      (f)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                      notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the
                      Trust for any loss or damage to the Trust resulting from
                      use of the Securities System by reason of any negligence,
                      misfeasance or misconduct of the Custodian or any of its
                      agents or subcustodians or of any of its or their
                      employees or from any failure of the Custodian or any
                      such agent or subcustodian to enforce effectively such
                      rights as it may have against the Securities System or
                      any other person; at the election of the Trust, it shall
                      be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of the
                      Custodian with respect to any claim against the
                      Securities System or any other person which the Custodian
                      may have as a consequence of any such loss or damage if
                      and to the extent that the Trust has not been made whole
                      for any such loss or damage.

              M.  DEPOSIT OF TRUST COMMERCIAL PAPER IN AN APPROVED BOOK-ENTRY
                  SYSTEM FOR COMMERCIAL PAPER  Upon receipt of proper
                  instructions with respect to each issue of direct issue

                                          14
<PAGE>






                  commercial paper purchased by the Trust, the Custodian may
                  deposit and/or maintain direct issue commercial paper owned
                  by the Trust in any Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                  Paper, in each case only in accordance with applicable
                  Securities and Exchange Commission rules, regulations, and
                  no-action correspondence, and at all times subject to the
                  following provisions:

                      (a)  The Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more subcustodians employed pursuant to Section 2) keep
                      commercial paper of the Trust in an Approved Book-Entry
                      System for Commercial Paper, provided that such paper is
                      issued in book entry form by the Custodian or
                      subcustodian on behalf of an issuer with which the
                      Custodian or subcustodian has entered into a book-entry
                      agreement and provided further that such paper is
                      maintained in a non-proprietary account ("Account") of
                      the Custodian or such subcustodian in an Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper which shall not
                      include any assets of the Custodian or such subcustodian
                      or any other person other than assets held by the
                      Custodian or such subcustodian as a fiduciary, custodian,
                      or otherwise for its customers.

                      (b)  The records of the Custodian with respect to
                      commercial paper of the Trust which is maintained in an
                      Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper shall
                      identify by book-entry each specific issue of commercial
                      paper purchased by the Trust which is included in the
                      Securities System and shall at all times during regular
                      business hours be open for inspection by authorized
                      officers, employees or agents of the Trust.  The
                      Custodian shall be fully and completely responsible for
                      maintaining a recordkeeping system capable of accurately
                      and currently stating the Trust's holdings of commercial
                      paper maintained in each such System.

                      (c)  The Custodian shall pay for commercial paper
                      purchased in book-entry form for the account of the Trust
                      only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of notice or advice
                      from the issuer that such paper has been issued, sold and
                      transferred to the Account, and (ii) the making of an
                      entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such
                      purchase, payment and transfer for the account of the
                      Trust.  The Custodian shall transfer such commercial
                      paper which is sold or cancel such commercial paper which
                      is redeemed for the account of the Trust only upon
                      contemporaneous (i) receipt of notice or advice that
                      payment for such paper has been transferred to the
                      Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records
                      of the Custodian to reflect such transfer or redemption
                      and payment for the account of the Trust. Copies of all

                                          15
<PAGE>






                      notices, advices and confirmations of transfers of
                      commercial paper for the account of the Trust shall
                      identify the Trust, be maintained for the Trust by the
                      Custodian and be promptly provided to the Trust at its
                      request.  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust
                      confirmation of each transfer to or from the account of
                      the Trust in the form of a written advice or notice of
                      each such transaction, and shall furnish to the Trust
                      copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting each day's
                      transactions in the System for the account of the Trust
                      on the next business day.

                      (d)  The Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or obtained by the
                      Custodian relating to each System's accounting system,
                      system of internal accounting controls or procedures for
                      safeguarding commercial paper deposited in the System;
                      the Custodian shall promptly send to the Trust any report
                      or other communication relating to the Custodian's
                      internal accounting controls and procedures for
                      safeguarding commercial paper deposited in any Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper; and the Custodian
                      shall ensure that any agent appointed pursuant to
                      Paragraph K hereof or any subcustodian employed pursuant
                      to Section 2 hereof shall promptly send to the Trust and
                      to the Custodian any report or other communication
                      relating to such agent's or subcustodian's internal
                      accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding
                      securities deposited in any Approved Book-Entry System
                      for Commercial Paper.

                      (e)  The Custodian shall not act under this Paragraph M
                      in the absence of receipt of a certificate of an officer
                      of the Trust that the Board has approved the use of a
                      particular Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                      Paper; the Custodian shall also obtain appropriate
                      assurance from the officers of the Trust that the Board
                      has annually reviewed the continued use by the Trust of
                      each Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, and
                      the Trust shall promptly notify the Custodian if the use
                      of an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is
                      to be discontinued; at the request of the Trust, the
                      Custodian will terminate the use of any such System as
                      promptly as practicable.

                      (f)  The Custodian (or subcustodian, if the Approved
                      Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is maintained by
                      the subcustodian) shall issue physical commercial paper
                      or promissory notes whenever requested to do so by the
                      Trust or in the event of an electronic system failure
                      which impedes issuance, transfer or custody of direct
                      issue commercial paper by book-entry.

                                          16
<PAGE>






                      (g)  Anything to the contrary in this Agreement
                      notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the
                      Trust for any loss or damage to the Trust resulting from
                      use of any Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial
                      Paper by reason of any negligence, misfeasance or
                      misconduct of the Custodian or any of its agents or
                      subcustodians or of any of its or their employees or from
                      any failure of the Custodian or any such agent or
                      subcustodian to enforce effectively such rights as it may
                      have against the System, the issuer of the commercial
                      paper or any other person; at the election of the Trust,
                      it shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of
                      the Custodian with respect to any claim against the
                      System, the issuer of the commercial paper or any other
                      person which the Custodian may have as a consequence of
                      any such loss or damage if and to the extent that the
                      Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or
                      damage.

              N.  SEGREGATED ACCOUNT  The Custodian shall upon receipt of
                  proper instructions establish and maintain a segregated
                  account or accounts for and on behalf of the Trust, into
                  which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or
                  securities, including securities maintained in an account by
                  the Custodian pursuant to Paragraph L hereof, (i) in
                  accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the
                  Trust, the Custodian and any registered broker-dealer (or any
                  futures commission merchant), relating to compliance with the
                  rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any
                  registered national securities exchange (or of the Commodity
                  Futures Trading Commission or of any contract market or
                  commodities exchange), or of any similar organization or
                  organizations, regarding escrow or deposit or other
                  arrangements in connection with transactions by the Trust,
                  (ii) for purposes of segregating cash or U.S. Government
                  securities in connection with options  purchased, sold or
                  written by the Trust or futures contracts or options thereon
                  purchased or sold by the Trust, (iii) for the purposes of
                  compliance by the Trust with the procedures required by
                  Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent
                  release or releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission
                  relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by
                  registered investment companies and (iv) for other proper
                  purposes, BUT ONLY, in the case of clause (iv), upon receipt
                  of, in addition to proper instructions, a certificate signed
                  by two officers of the Trust, setting forth the purpose such
                  segregated account and declaring such purpose to be a proper
                  purpose.

              O.  OWNERSHIP CERTIFICATES FOR TAX PURPOSES  The Custodian shall
                  execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for
                  all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt

                                          17
<PAGE>






                  of income or other payments with respect to securities of the
                  Trust held by it and in connection with transfers of
                  securities.

              P.  PROXIES  The Custodian shall, with respect to the securities
                  held by it hereunder, cause to be promptly delivered to the
                  Trust all forms of proxies and all notices of meetings and
                  any other notices or announcements or other written
                  information affecting or relating to the securities, and upon
                  receipt of proper instructions shall execute and deliver or
                  cause its nominee to execute and deliver such proxies or
                  other authorizations as may be required. Neither the
                  Custodian nor its nominee shall vote upon any of the
                  securities or execute any proxy to vote thereon or give any
                  consent or take any other action with respect thereto (except
                  as otherwise herein provided) unless ordered to do so by
                  proper instructions.

              Q.  COMMUNICATIONS RELATING TO TRUST PORTFOLIO SECURITIES  The
                  Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all written
                  information (including, without limitation, pendency of call
                  and maturities of securities and participation interests and
                  expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of
                  exercise of call and put options written by the Trust and the
                  maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Trust)
                  received by the Custodian from issuers and other persons
                  relating to the securities and participation interests being
                  held for the Trust.  With respect to tender or exchange
                  offers, the Custodian shall deliver promptly to the Trust all
                  written information received by the Custodian from issuers
                  and other persons relating to the securities and
                  participation interests whose tender or exchange is sought
                  and from the party (or his agents) making the tender or
                  exchange offer.

              R.  EXERCISE OF RIGHTS; TENDER OFFERS  In the case of tender
                  offers, similar offers to purchase or exercise rights
                  (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and
                  maturities of securities and participation interests and
                  expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of
                  exercise of call and put options and the maturity of futures
                  contracts) affecting or relating to securities and
                  participation interests held by the Custodian under this
                  Agreement, the Custodian shall have responsibility for
                  promptly notifying the Trust of all such offers in accordance
                  with the standard of reasonable care set forth in Section 8
                  hereof.  For all such offers for which the Custodian is
                  responsible as provided in this Paragraph R, the Trust shall
                  have responsibility for providing the Custodian with all
                  necessary instructions in timely fashion.  Upon receipt of
                  proper instructions, the Custodian shall timely deliver to
                  the issuer or trustee thereof, or to the agent of either,

                                          18
<PAGE>






                  warrants, puts, calls, rights or similar securities for the
                  purpose of being exercised or sold upon proper receipt
                  therefor and upon receipt of assurances satisfactory to the
                  Custodian that the new securities and cash, if any, acquired
                  by such action are to be delivered to the Custodian or any
                  subcustodian employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  Upon
                  receipt of proper instructions, the Custodian shall timely
                  deposit securities upon invitations for tenders of securities
                  upon proper receipt therefor and upon receipt of assurances
                  satisfactory to the Custodian that the consideration to be
                  paid or delivered or the tendered securities are to be
                  returned to the Custodian or subcustodian employed pursuant
                  to Section 2 hereof.  Notwithstanding any provision of this
                  Agreement to the contrary, the Custodian shall take all
                  necessary action, unless otherwise directed to the contrary
                  by proper instructions, to comply with the terms of all
                  mandatory or compulsory exchanges, calls, tenders,
                  redemptions, or similar rights of security ownership, and
                  shall thereafter promptly notify the Trust in writing of such
                  action.

              S.  DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
                  proper instructions, surrender or cause to be surrendered
                  foreign securities to the depository used by an issuer of
                  American Depository Receipts or International Depository
                  Receipts (hereinafter collectively referred to as "ADRs") for
                  such securities, against a written receipt therefor
                  adequately describing such securities and written evidence
                  satisfactory to the Custodian that the depository has
                  acknowledged receipt of instructions to issue with respect to
                  such securities in the name of a nominee of the Custodian or
                  in the name or nominee name of any subcustodian employed
                  pursuant to Section 2 hereof, for delivery to the Custodian
                  or such subcustodian at such place as the Custodian or such
                  subcustodian may from time to time designate. The Custodian
                  shall, upon receipt of proper instructions, surrender ADRs to
                  the issuer thereof against a written receipt therefor
                  adequately describing the ADRs surrendered and written
                  evidence satisfactory to the Custodian that the issuer of the
                  ADRs has acknowledged receipt of instructions to cause its
                  depository to deliver the securities underlying such ADRs to
                  the Custodian or to a subcustodian employed pursuant to
                  Section 2 hereof.

              T.  INTEREST BEARING CALL OR TIME DEPOSITS  The Custodian shall,
                  upon receipt of proper instructions, place interest bearing
                  fixed term and call deposits with the banking department of
                  such banking institution (other than the Custodian) and in
                  such amounts as the Trust may designate.  Deposits may be
                  denominated in U.S. Dollars or other currencies.  The
                  Custodian shall include in its records with respect to the
                  assets of the Trust appropriate notation as to the amount and

                                          19
<PAGE>






                  currency of each such deposit, the accepting banking
                  institution and other appropriate details and shall retain
                  such forms of advice or receipt evidencing the deposit, if
                  any, as may be forwarded to the Custodian by the banking
                  institution.  Such deposits shall be deemed portfolio
                  securities of the Trust for the purposes of this Agreement,
                  and the Custodian shall be responsible for the collection of
                  income from such accounts and the transmission of cash to and
                  from such accounts.

              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions
                  ------------------------------------------------------------

                          1.  OPTIONS.  The Custodian shall, upon receipt of
                      proper instructions and in accordance with the provisions
                      of any agreement between the Custodian, any registered
                      broker-dealer and, if necessary, the Trust, relating to
                      compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing
                      Corporation or of any registered national securities
                      exchange or similar organization or organizations,
                      receive and retain confirmations or other documents, if
                      any, evidencing the purchase or writing of an option on a
                      security or securities index or other financial
                      instrument or index by the Trust; deposit and maintain in
                      a segregated account for the Trust, either physically or
                      by book-entry in a Securities System, securities subject
                      to a covered call option written by the Trust; and
                      release and/or transfer such securities or other assets
                      only in accordance with a notice or other communication
                      evidencing the expiration, termination or exercise of
                      such covered option furnished by the Options Clearing
                      Corporation, the securities or options exchange on which
                      such covered option is traded or such other organization
                      as may be responsible for handling such options
                      transactions.  The Custodian and the broker-dealer shall
                      be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held in the
                      Trust's segregated account in compliance with applicable
                      margin maintenance requirements.

                          2.   FUTURES CONTRACTS  The Custodian shall, upon  
                      receipt of proper instructions, receive and retain
                      confirmations and other documents, if any, evidencing the
                      purchase or sale of a futures contract or an option on a
                      futures contract by the Trust; deposit and maintain in a
                      segregated account, for the benefit of any futures
                      commission merchant, assets designated by the Trust as
                      initial, maintenance or variation "margin" deposits
                      (including mark-to-market payments) intended to secure
                      the Trust's performance of its obligations under any
                      futures contracts purchased or sold or any options on
                      futures contracts written by Trust, in accordance with
                      the provisions of any agreement or agreements among the

                                          20
<PAGE>






                      Trust, the Custodian and such futures commission
                      merchant, designed to comply with the rules of the
                      Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or of any
                      contract market or commodities exchange or similar
                      organization regarding such margin deposits or payments;
                      and release and/or transfer assets in such margin
                      accounts only in accordance with any such agreements or
                      rules.  The Custodian and the futures commission merchant
                      shall be responsible for the sufficiency of assets held
                      in the segregated account in compliance with the
                      applicable margin maintenance and mark-to-market payment
                      requirements.

                          3.  FOREIGN EXCHANGE TRANSACTIONS  The Custodian
                      shall, pursuant to proper instructions, enter into or
                      cause a subcustodian to enter into foreign exchange
                      contracts or options to purchase and sell foreign
                      currencies for spot and future delivery on behalf and for
                      the account of the Trust.  Such transactions may be
                      undertaken by the Custodian or subcustodian with such
                      banking or financial institutions or other currency
                      brokers, as set forth in proper instructions.  Foreign
                      exchange contracts and options shall be deemed to be
                      portfolio securities of the Trust; and accordingly, the
                      responsibility of the Custodian therefor shall be the
                      same as and no greater than the Custodian's
                      responsibility in respect of other portfolio securities
                      of the Trust.  The Custodian shall be responsible for the
                      transmittal to and receipt of cash from the currency
                      broker or banking or financial institution with which the
                      contract or option is made, the maintenance of proper
                      records with respect to the transaction and the
                      maintenance of any segregated account required in
                      connection with the transaction.  The Custodian shall
                      have no duty with respect to the selection of the
                      currency brokers or banking or financial institutions
                      with which the Trust deals or for their failure to comply
                      with the terms of any contract or option.  Without
                      limiting the foregoing, it is agreed that upon receipt of
                      proper instructions and insofar as funds are made
                      available to the Custodian for the purpose, the Custodian
                      may (if determined necessary by the Custodian to
                      consummate a particular transaction on behalf and for the
                      account of the Trust) make free outgoing payments of cash
                      in the form of U.S. dollars or foreign currency before
                      receiving confirmation of a foreign exchange contract or
                      confirmation that the countervalue currency completing
                      the foreign exchange contract has been delivered or
                      received.  The Custodian shall not be responsible for any
                      costs and interest charges which may be incurred by the
                      Trust or the Custodian as a result of the failure or
                      delay of third parties to deliver foreign exchange;

                                          21
<PAGE>






                      provided that the Custodian shall nevertheless be held to
                      the standard of care set forth in, and shall be liable to
                      the Trust in accordance with, the provisions of Section
                      8.

              V.  ACTIONS PERMITTED WITHOUT EXPRESS AUTHORITY  The Custodian
                  may in its discretion, without express authority from the
                  Trust:

                         1)    make payments to itself or others for minor
                               expenses of handling securities or other similar
                               items relating to its duties under this
                               Agreement, PROVIDED, that all such payments shall
                               be accounted for by the Custodian to the
                               Treasurer of the Trust;

                         2)    surrender securities in temporary form for
                               securities in definitive form;

                         3)    endorse for collection, in the name of the Trust,
                               checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments;
                               and

                         4)    in general, attend to all nondiscretionary
                               details in connection with the sale, exchange,
                               substitution, purchase, transfer and other
                               dealings with the securities and property of the
                               Trust except as otherwise directed by the Trust.

     4.       Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and Calculations
              of Net Asset Value
              ----------------------------------------------------------------

              The Bank shall as Agent (or as Custodian, as the case may be)
     keep such books of account (including records showing the adjusted tax
     costs of the Trust's portfolio securities) and render as at the close of
     business on each day a detailed statement of the amounts received or paid
     out and of securities received or delivered for the account of the Trust
     during said day and such other statements, including a daily trial balance
     and inventory of the Trust's portfolio securities; and shall furnish such
     other financial information and data as from time to time requested by the
     Treasurer or any executive officer of the Trust; and shall compute and
     determine, as of the close of business of the New York Stock Exchange, or
     at such other time or times as the Board may determine, the net asset
     value of the Trust and the net asset value of each interest in the Trust,
     such computations and determinations to be made in accordance with the
     governing documents of the Trust and the votes and instructions of the
     Board and of the investment adviser at the time in force and applicable,
     and promptly notify the Trust and its investment adviser and such other
     persons as the Trust may request of the result of such computation and
     determination.  In computing the net asset value the Custodian may rely
     upon security quotations received by telephone or otherwise from sources

                                          22
<PAGE>






     or pricing services designated by the Trust by proper instructions, and
     may further rely upon information furnished to it by any authorized
     officer of the Trust relative (a) to liabilities of the Trust not
     appearing on its books of account, (b) to the existence, status and proper
     treatment of any reserve or reserves, (c) to any procedures or policies
     established by the Board regarding the valuation of portfolio securities
     or other assets, and (d) to the value to be assigned to any bond, note,
     debenture, Treasury bill, repurchase agreement, subscription right,
     security, participation interests or other asset or property for which
     market quotations are not readily available.  The Custodian shall also
     compute and determine at such time or times as the Trust may designate the
     portion of each item which has significance for a holder of an interest in
     the Trust in computing and determining its federal income tax liability
     including, but not limited to, each item of income, expense and realized
     and unrealized gain or loss of the Trust which is attributable for Federal
     income tax purposes to each such holder.

     5.       Records and Miscellaneous Duties
              --------------------------------

              The Bank shall create, maintain and preserve all records relating
     to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as
     will meet the obligations of the Trust under the Investment Company Act of
     1940, with particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and
     31a-2 thereunder, applicable federal and state tax laws and any other law
     or administrative rules or procedures which may be applicable to the
     Trust.  All books of account and records maintained by the Bank in
     connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement shall
     be the property of the Trust, shall at all times during the regular
     business hours of the Bank be open for inspection by authorized officers,
     employees or agents of the Trust, and in the event of termination of this
     Agreement shall be delivered to the Trust or to such other person or
     persons as shall be designated by the Trust.  Disposition of any account
     or record after any required period of preservation shall be only in
     accordance with specific instructions received from the Trust.  The Bank
     shall assist generally in the preparation of reports to holder of interest
     in the Trust, to the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Form
     N-SAR, and to others, audits of accounts, and other ministerial matters of
     like nature; and, upon request, shall furnish the Trust's auditors with an
     attested inventory of securities held with appropriate information as to
     securities in transit or in the process of purchase or sale and with such
     other information as said auditors may from time to time request.  The
     Custodian shall also maintain records of all receipts, deliveries and
     locations of such securities, together with a current inventory thereof,
     and shall conduct periodic verifications (including sampling counts at the
     Custodian) of certificates representing bonds and other securities for
     which it is responsible under this Agreement in such manner as the
     Custodian shall determine from time to time to be advisable in order to
     verify the accuracy of such inventory.  The Bank shall not disclose or use
     any books or records it has prepared or maintained by reason of this
     Agreement in any manner except as expressly authorized herein or directed


                                          23
<PAGE>






     by the Trust, and the Bank shall keep confidential any information
     obtained by reason of this Agreement.

     6.       Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants
              -------------------------------------------------

              The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as the Trust may
     from time to time request, to enable the Trust to obtain from year to year
     favorable opinions from the Trust's independent public accountants with
     respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of
     the Trust's registration statement and Form N-SAR or other periodic
     reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission and with respect to any
     other requirements of such Commission.

     7.       Compensation and Expenses of Bank
              ---------------------------------

              The Bank shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its
     services as Custodian and Agent, as agreed upon from time to time between
     the Trust and the Bank.  The Bank shall be entitled to receive from the
     Trust on demand reimbursement for its cash disbursements, expenses and
     charges, including counsel fees, in connection with its duties as
     Custodian and Agent hereunder, but excluding salaries and usual overhead
     expenses.

     8.       Responsibility of Bank
              ----------------------

              So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of
     reasonable care, the Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held harmless in
     acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument
     reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper
     party or parties.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be entitled to rely on and
     may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Trust) on all
     matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or
     omitted pursuant to such advice.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall be held to the exercise of
     reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement but shall
     be liable only for its own negligent or bad faith acts or failures to act. 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this paragraph is
     intended to nor shall it be construed to modify the standards of care and
     responsibility set forth in Section 2 hereof with respect to subcustodians
     and in subparagraph f of Paragraph L of Section 3 hereof with respect to
     Securities Systems and in subparagraph g of Paragraph M of Section 3
     hereof with respect to an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

              The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a
     foreign banking institution to the same extent as set forth with respect
     to subcustodians generally in Section 2 hereof, provided that, regardless

                                          24
<PAGE>






     of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a foreign banking
     institution, a foreign securities depository or a branch of a U.S. bank,
     the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense,
     liability or claim resulting from, or caused by, the direction of or
     authorization by the Trust to maintain custody of any securities or cash
     of the Trust in a foreign country including, but not limited to, losses
     resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, acts
     of war, civil war or terrorism, insurrection, revolution, military or
     usurped powers, nuclear fission, fusion or radiation, earthquake, storm or
     other disturbance of nature or acts of God.

              If the Trust requires the Bank in any capacity to take any action
     with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or
     which action may, in the opinion of the Bank, result in the Bank or its
     nominee assigned to the Trust being liable for the payment of money or
     incurring liability of some other form, the Trust, as a prerequisite to
     requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to
     the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

     9.       Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust
              --------------------------------------------

              (i)  No trustee, officer, employee, or agent of the Trust shall
     have physical access to the assets of the Trust held by the Custodian or
     be authorized or permitted to withdraw any investments of the Trust, nor
     shall the Custodian deliver any assets of the Trust to any such person. 
     No officer or director, employee or agent of the Custodian who holds any
     similar position with the Trust or the investment adviser or the
     administrator of the Trust shall have access to the assets of the Trust.

              (ii)  Access to assets of the Trust held hereunder shall only be
     available to duly authorized officers, employees, representatives or
     agents of the Custodian or other persons or entities for whose actions the
     Custodian shall be responsible to the extent permitted hereunder, or to
     the Trust's independent public accountants in connection with their
     auditing duties performed on behalf of the Trust.

              (iii)  Nothing in this Section 9 shall prohibit any officer,
     employee or agent of the Trust or of the investment adviser of the Trust
     from giving instructions to the Custodian or executing a certificate so
     long as it does not result in delivery of or access to assets of the Trust
     prohibited by paragraph (i) of this Section 9.

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment; Successor Custodian
              ----------------------------------------------------------------

              This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall
     continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter
     provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties
     hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing
     delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination
     to take effect not sooner than sixty (60) days after the date of such

                                          25
<PAGE>






     delivery or mailing; PROVIDED, that the Trust may at any time by action of
     its Board, (i) substitute another bank or trust company for the Custodian
     by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or
     (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment
     of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the Federal Deposit
     Insurance Corporation or by the Banking Commissioner of The Commonwealth
     of Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of
     an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.  Upon
     termination of the Agreement, the Trust shall pay to the Custodian such
     compensation as may be due as of the date of such termination and shall
     likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and
     disbursements.

              Unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding "voting
     securities" of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of
     1940) vote to have the securities, funds and other properties held
     hereunder delivered and paid over to some other bank or trust company,
     specified in the vote, having not less than $2,000,000 of aggregate
     capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last published
     report, and meeting such other qualifications for custodians set forth in
     the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Board shall, forthwith, upon
     giving or receiving notice of termination of this Agreement, appoint as
     successor custodian, a bank or trust company having such qualifications. 
     The Bank, as Custodian, Agent or otherwise, shall, upon termination of the
     Agreement, deliver to such successor custodian, all securities then held
     hereunder and all funds or other properties of the Trust deposited with or
     held by the Bank hereunder and all books of account and records kept by
     the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and all documents held by the Bank
     relative thereto.  In the event that no such vote has been adopted by the
     Holders of Interest in the Trust and that no written order designating a
     successor custodian shall have been delivered to the Bank on or before the
     date when such termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not
     deliver the securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the
     Trust but shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company doing
     business in Boston, Massachusetts of its own selection, having an
     aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits, as shown by its last
     published report, of not less than $2,000,000, all funds, securities and
     properties of the Trust held by or deposited with the Bank, and all books
     of account and records kept by the Bank pursuant to this Agreement, and
     all documents held by the Bank relative thereto.  Thereafter such bank or
     trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this
     Agreement.

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions
              --------------------------------------

              In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian
     and the Trust may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive
     of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their
     joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement.  Any
     such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by
     both parties and shall be annexed hereto, PROVIDED that no such

                                          26
<PAGE>






     interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable
     federal or state regulations or any provision of the governing instruments
     of the Trust.  No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided
     in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this
     Agreement.

     12.      Notices
              -------

              Notices and other writings delivered or mailed postage prepaid to
     the Trust addressed to 24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, or
     to such other address as the Trust may have designated to the Bank, in
     writing with a copy to Eaton Vance Management at 24 Federal Street,
     Boston, Massachusetts 02110, or to Investors Bank & Trust Company, 24
     Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 with a copy to Eaton Vance
     Management at 24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, shall be
     deemed to have been properly delivered or given hereunder to the
     respective addressees.

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply
              --------------------------

              This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof
     interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of
     Massachusetts.

              The Custodian expressly acknowledges the provision in the
     Declaration of Trust of the Trust (Section 5.2 and 5.6) limiting the
     personal liability of the Trustees and officers of the Trust, and the
     Custodian hereby agrees that it shall have recourse to the Trust for
     payment of claims or obligations as between the Trust and the Custodian
     arising out of this Agreement, and the Custodian shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust
              --------------------------------------

              The Trust represents that its Board has approved this Agreement
     and has duly authorized the Trust to adopt this Agreement, such adoption
     to be evidenced by a letter agreement between the Trust and the Bank
     reflecting such adoption, which letter agreement shall be dated and signed
     by a duly authorized officer of the Trust and duly authorized officer of
     the Bank.  This Agreement shall be deemed to be duly executed and
     delivered by each of the parties in its name and behalf by its duly
     authorized officer as of the date of such letter agreement, and this
     Agreement shall be deemed to supersede and terminate, as of the date of
     such letter agreement, all prior agreements between the Trust and the Bank
     relating to the custody of the Trust's assets.

                                     * * * * * 



                                          27
<PAGE>





















                           HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO


                          ----------------------------------

                              PROCEDURES FOR ALLOCATIONS
                                  AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                                     May 1, 1995
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                            PAGE

     ARTICLE I--Introduction   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE III--Capital Accounts

              Section 3.1      Capital Accounts of Holders   . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.2      Book Capital Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.3      Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.4      Compliance with Treasury Regulations  . . . .   5

     ARTICLE IV--Distributions of Cash and Assets

              Section 4.1      Distributions of Distributable Cash   . . . .   5
              Section 4.2      Division Among Holders  . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.3      Distributions Upon Liquidation of a Holder's
                               Interest in the Trust   . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.4      Amounts Withheld  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE V--Allocations

              Section 5.1      Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts    6
              Section 5.2      Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax Loss to Tax
                               Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.3      Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital
                               Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.4      Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital
                               Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 5.5      Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and Tax 
                               Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 5.6      Redemptions During the Fiscal Year  . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VI--Withdrawals

              Section 6.1      Partial Withdrawals   . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.2      Redemptions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.3      Distribution in Kind  . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VII--Liquidation

              Section 7.1      Liquidation Procedure   . . . . . . . . . . .   9
              Section 7.2      Alternative Liquidation Procedure   . . . . .   9
              Section 7.3      Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation   . . . .   9
              Section 7.4      Treatment of Negative Book Capital 
                               Account Balance   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9





                                          i
<PAGE>






                                    PROCEDURES FOR
                            ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                                          OF
                           HIGH YIELD MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                                    (the "Trust")

                          ----------------------------------

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     Introduction
                                     ------------

              The Trust is treated as a partnership for federal income tax
     purposes. These procedures have been adopted by the Trustees of the Trust
     and will be furnished to the Trust's accountants for the purpose of
     allocating Trust gains, income or loss and distributing Trust assets.  The
     Trust will maintain its books and records, for both book and tax purposes,
     using the accrual method of accounting.

                                     ARTICLE II

                                     Definitions
                                     -----------

              Except as otherwise provided herein, a term referred to herein
     shall have the same meaning as that ascribed to it in the Declaration. 
     References in this document to "HEREOF", "HEREIN" and "HEREUNDER" shall be
     deemed to refer to this document in its entirety rather than the article
     or section in which any such word appears.

              "BOOK CAPITAL ACCOUNT" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Book Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.2 hereof.

              "CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION" shall mean, with respect to any Holder,
     the amount of money and the Fair Market Value of any assets actually
     contributed from time to time to the Trust with respect to the Interest
     held by such Holder.

              "CODE" shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
     amended from time to time, as well as any non-superseded provisions of the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended (or any corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).

              "DECLARATION" shall mean the Trust's Declaration of Trust, dated
     May 1, 1995, as amended from time to time.

              "DESIGNATED EXPENSES" shall mean extraordinary Trust expenses
     attributable to a particular Holder that are to be borne by such Holder.


                                          1
<PAGE>






              "DISTRIBUTABLE CASH" for any Fiscal Year shall mean the gross
     cash proceeds from Trust activities, less the portion thereof used to pay
     or establish Reserves, plus such portion of the Reserves as the Trustees,
     in their sole discretion, no longer deem necessary to be held as Reserves. 
     Distributable Cash shall not be reduced by depreciation, amortization,
     cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances.

              "FAIR MARKET VALUE" of a security, instrument or other asset on
     any particular day shall mean the fair value thereof as determined in good
     faith by or on behalf of the Trustees in the manner set forth in the
     Registration Statement.

              "FISCAL YEAR" shall mean an annual period determined by the
     Trustees which ends on such day as is permitted by the Code.

              "HOLDERS" shall mean as of any particular time all holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "INTEREST(s)" shall mean the interest of a Holder in the Trust,
     including all rights, powers and privileges accorded to Holders by the
     Declaration, which interest may be expressed as a percentage, determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such bases as the Trustees shall from
     time to time determine, the ratio of each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances.

              "INVESTMENTS" shall mean all securities, instruments or other
     assets of the Trust of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited
     to, all equity and debt securities, futures contracts, and all property of
     the Trust obtained by virtue of holding such assets.

              "MATCHED INCOME OR LOSS" shall mean Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt
     Income or Tax Loss of the Trust comprising interest, original issue
     discount and dividends and all other types of income or loss to the extent
     the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income, Tax Loss or Loss items not included
     in Tax Loss arising from such items are recognized for tax purposes at the
     same time that Profit or Loss are accrued for book purposes by the Trust.

              "NET UNREALIZED GAIN" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments over the aggregate adjusted
     bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all Investments.

              "NET UNREALIZED LOSS" shall mean the excess, if any, of the
     aggregate adjusted bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all
     Investments over the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments.

              "PROFIT" AND "LOSS" shall mean, for each Fiscal Year or other
     period, an amount equal to the Taxable Income or Tax Loss for such Fiscal
     Year or period with the following adjustments:

                  (i) Any Tax-Exempt Income shall be added to such
              Taxable Income or subtracted from such Tax Loss; and


                                          2
<PAGE>






                  (ii)   Any expenditures of the Trust for such year
              or period described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code
              or treated as expenditures under Section 705(a)(2)(B) of
              the Code pursuant to Treasury Regulations
              Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken
              into account in computing Profit or Loss or specially
              allocated shall be subtracted from such Taxable Income or
              added to such Tax Loss.

              "REDEMPTION" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero.

              "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall mean the Registration Statement of
     the Trust on Form N-1A as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
     Commission under the 1940 Act, as the same may be amended from time to
     time.

              "RESERVES" shall mean, with respect to any Fiscal Year, funds set
     aside or amounts allocated during such period to reserves which shall be
     maintained in amounts deemed sufficient by the Trustees for working
     capital and to pay taxes, insurance, debt service, renewals, or other
     costs or expenses, incident to the ownership of the Investments or to its
     operations.

              "TAX CAPITAL ACCOUNT" shall mean, for any Holder at any time in
     any Fiscal Year, the Tax Capital Account balance of the Holder on the
     first day of the Fiscal Year, as adjusted each day pursuant to the
     provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

              "TAX-EXEMPT INCOME" shall mean income of the Trust for such
     Fiscal Year or period that is exempt from federal income tax and not
     otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss.

              "TAX LOT" shall mean securities or other property which are both
     purchased or acquired, and sold or otherwise disposed of, as a unit.

              "TAXABLE INCOME" or "TAX LOSS" shall mean the taxable income or
     tax loss of the Trust, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the
     Code, for each Fiscal Year as determined for federal income tax purposes,
     together with each of the Trust's items of income, gain, loss or deduction
     which is separately stated or otherwise not included in computing taxable
     income and tax loss.

              "TREASURY REGULATIONS" shall mean the Income Tax Regulations
     promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time
     to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

              "TRUST" shall mean High Yield Municipals Portfolio, a trust fund
     formed under the laws of the State of New York by the Declaration.



                                          3
<PAGE>






              "TRUSTEES" shall mean each signatory to the Declaration, so long
     as such signatory shall continue in office in accordance with the terms
     thereof, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been
     duly elected or appointed and have qualified as Trustees in accordance
     with the provisions thereof and are then in office.

              The "1940 ACT" shall mean the U.S. Investment Company Act of
     1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations
     thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Capital Accounts
                                   ----------------

              3.1.    CAPITAL ACCOUNTS OF HOLDERS.  A separate Book Capital
     Account and a separate Tax Capital Account shall be maintained for each
     Holder pursuant to Section 3.2 and Section 3.3. hereof, respectively.  In
     the event the Trustees shall determine that it is prudent to modify the
     manner in which the Book Capital Accounts or Tax Capital Accounts, or any
     debits or credits thereto, are computed in order to comply with the
     Treasury Regulations, the Trustees may make such modification, provided
     that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts
     distributable to any Holder pursuant to Article VII hereof upon the
     dissolution of the Trust.

              3.2.    BOOK CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.  The Book Capital Account balance
     of each Holder shall be adjusted each day by the following amounts:

              (a) increased by any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease
     in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(a) hereof;

              (b) decreased by any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or increase
     in Net Unrealized Losses allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(b) hereof; 

              (c) increased or decreased, as the case may be, by the amount of
     Profit or Loss, respectively, allocated to such Holder pursuant to
     Section 5.1(c) hereof;

              (d) increased by any Capital Contribution made by such Holder;
     and,

              (e) decreased by any distribution, including any distribution to
     effect a withdrawal or Redemption, made to such Holder by the Trust.

              Any adjustment pursuant to Section 3.2 (a), (b) or (c) above
     shall be prorated for increases in each Holder's Book Capital Account
     balance resulting from Capital Contributions, or distributions or
     withdrawals from the Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during
     such Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,

                                          4
<PAGE>






     distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made or effected by
     the Trust.

              3.3.    TAX CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.  The Tax Capital Account balance of
     each Holder shall be adjusted at the following times by the following
     amounts:

              (a) increased daily by the adjusted tax bases of any Capital
     Contribution made by such Holder to the Trust;

              (b) increased daily by the amount of Taxable Income and Tax-
     Exempt Income allocated to such Holder pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at
     such times as the allocations are made under Section 5.2 hereof;

              (c) decreased daily by the amount of cash distributed to the
     Holder pursuant to any of these procedures including any distribution made
     to effect a withdrawal or Redemption; and

              (d) decreased by the amount of Tax Loss allocated to such Holder
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof at such times as the allocations are made
     under Section 5.2 hereof.

              3.4.    COMPLIANCE WITH TREASURY REGULATIONS.  The foregoing
     provisions and other provisions contained herein relating to the
     maintenance of Book Capital Accounts and Tax Capital Accounts are intended
     to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be
     interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury
     Regulations.

              The Trustees shall make any appropriate modifications in the
     event unanticipated events might otherwise cause these procedures not to
     comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), including the
     requirements described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-
     1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(1) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). 
     Such modifications are hereby incorporated into these procedures by this
     reference as though fully set forth herein.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                           Distributions of Cash and Assets
                           --------------------------------

              4.1.    DISTRIBUTIONS OF DISTRIBUTABLE CASH.  Except as otherwise
     provided in Article VII hereof, Distributable Cash for each Fiscal Year
     may be distributed to the Holders at such times, if any, and in such
     amounts as shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Trustees.  In
     exercising such discretion, the Trustees shall distribute such
     Distributable Cash so that Holders that are regulated investment companies
     can comply with the distribution requirements set forth in Code
     Section 852 and avoid the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4982.



                                          5
<PAGE>






              4.2.    DIVISION AMONG HOLDERS.  All distributions to the Holders
     with respect to any Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof shall be
     made to the Holders in proportion to the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income
     or Tax Loss allocated to the Holders with respect to such Fiscal Year
     pursuant to the terms of these procedures.

              4.3.    DISTRIBUTIONS UPON LIQUIDATION OF A HOLDER'S INTEREST IN
     THE TRUST.  Upon liquidation of a Holder's interest in the Trust, the
     proceeds will be distributed to the Holder as provided in Section 5.6,
     Article VI, and Article VII hereof.  If such Holder has a negative book
     capital account balance, the provisions of Section 7.4 will apply.

              4.4.    AMOUNTS WITHHELD.  All amounts withheld pursuant to the
     Code or any provision of any state or local tax law with respect to any
     payment or distribution to the Trust or the Holders shall be treated as
     amounts distributed to such Holders pursuant to this Article IV for all
     purposes under these procedures.  The Trustees may allocate any such
     amount among the Holders in any manner that is in accordance with
     applicable law.


                                      ARTICLE V

                                     Allocations
                                     ------------

              5.1.    Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts. 
                      ---------------------------------------------

              (a)     INCREASE IN NET UNREALIZED GAINS OR DECREASE IN NET
     UNREALIZED LOSSES.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Loss due to realization
     of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the allocation of
     Loss, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof.  Subject to Section
     5.1(d) hereof, any increase in Net Unrealized Gains or decrease in Net
     Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in proportion
     to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (b) DECREASE IN NET UNREALIZED GAINS OR INCREASE IN NET
     UNREALIZED LOSSES.  Any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains due to
     realization of items shall be allocated to the Holder receiving the
     allocation of Profit, in the same amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof. 
     Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains or
     increase in Net Unrealized Loss on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be
     allocated to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in
     proportion to the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (c) PROFIT AND LOSS.  Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof, Profit
     and Loss occurring on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day in proportion to

                                          6
<PAGE>






     the Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the commencement
     of such day.  

              (d) Other Book Capital Account Adjustments.  
                  ---------------------------------------

                  (i)  Any allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(a), (b)
              or (c) above shall be prorated for increases in each
              Holder's Book Capital Account resulting from Capital
              Contributions, or distributions or withdrawals from the
              Trust or Redemptions by the Trust occurring, during such
              Fiscal Year as of the day after the Capital Contribution,
              distribution, withdrawal or Redemption is accepted, made
              or effected by the Trust.

                  (ii)  For purposes of determining the Profit, Loss,
              and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss or any
              other item allocable to any Fiscal Year, Profit, Loss,
              and Net Unrealized Gain or Net Unrealized Loss and any
              such other item shall be determined by or on behalf of
              the Trustees using any reasonable method under Code
              Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

              5.2.    Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax Loss to Tax Capital
     Accounts.
     ------------------------------------------------------------------------

              (a) TAXABLE INCOME AND TAX LOSS.  Subject to Section 5.2(b) and
     Section 5.3 hereof, which shall take precedence over this Section 5.2(a),
     Taxable Income or Tax Loss for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated at least
     annually to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts as follows:

                  (i) First, Taxable Income and Tax Loss, whether
              constituting ordinary income (or loss) or capital gain
              (or loss), derived from the sale or other disposition of
              a Tax Lot of securities or other property shall be
              allocated as of the date such income, gain or loss is
              recognized for federal income tax purposes solely in
              proportion to the amount of unrealized appreciation (in
              the case of such income or capital gain, but not in the
              case of any such loss) or depreciation (in the case of
              any such loss, but not in the case of any such income or
              capital gain) from that Tax Lot which was allocated to
              the Holders' Book Capital Accounts each day that such
              securities or other property was held by the Trust
              pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and (b) hereof; and

                  (ii)   Second, any remaining amounts at the end of
              the Fiscal Year, to the Holders in proportion to their
              respective daily average Book Capital Account balances
              determined for the Fiscal Year of the allocation.


                                          7
<PAGE>






              (b) MATCHED INCOME OR LOSS.  Notwithstanding the provisions of
     Section 5.2(a) hereof, Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income or Tax Loss
     accruing on any day during the Fiscal Year constituting Matched Income or
     Loss, shall be allocated daily to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts solely
     in proportion to and to the extent of corresponding allocations of Profit
     or Loss to the Holders' Book Capital Accounts pursuant to the first
     sentence of Section 5.1(c) hereof.

              5.3.    Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.
                      -----------------------------------------------------

              (a) The Designated Expenses computed for each Holder shall be
     allocated separately (not included in the allocations of Matched Income or
     Loss, Loss or Tax Loss) to the Book Capital Account and Tax Capital
     Account of each Holder.

              (b) If the Trust incurs any nonrecourse indebtedness, then
     allocations of items attributable to nonrecourse indebtedness shall be
     made to the Tax Capital Account of each Holder in accordance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(iv)(d).

              (c) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury
     Regulations thereunder, Taxable Income and Tax Loss with respect to any
     property contributed to the capital of the Trust shall be allocated to the
     Tax Capital Account of each Holder so as to take into account any
     variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property to the Trust for
     federal income tax purposes and such property's Fair Market Value at the
     time of contribution to the Trust.

              5.4.    Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.
                      ----------------------------------------------------

              (a) Any election or other decision relating to such allocations
     shall be made by the Trustees in any manner that reasonably reflects the
     purpose and intention of these procedures.

              (b) Each Holder will report its share of Trust income and loss
     for federal income tax purposes in accordance with the allocations
     effected pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof.

              5.5.    TIMING OF TAX ALLOCATIONS TO BOOK AND TAX CAPITAL
     ACCOUNTS.  Allocation of Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income and Tax Loss
     pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof for any Fiscal Year, unless specified above
     to the contrary, shall be made only after corresponding adjustments have
     been made to the Book Capital Accounts of the Holders for the Fiscal Year
     as provided pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

              5.6.    REDEMPTIONS DURING THE FISCAL YEAR.  If a Redemption
     occurs prior to the end of a Fiscal Year, the Trust will treat the Fiscal
     Year as ended for the purposes of computing the redeeming Holder's
     distributive share of Trust items and allocations of all items to such
     Holder will be made as though each Holder were receiving its allocable

                                          8
<PAGE>






     share of Trust items at such time.  All items so allocated to the
     redeeming Holder will be subtracted from the items to be allocated among
     the other non-redeeming Holders at the actual end of the Fiscal Year.  All
     items allocated among the redeeming and non-redeeming Holders will be made
     subject to the rules of Code Sections 702, 704, 706 and 708 and the
     Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE VI

                                     Withdrawals
                                     ------------

              6.1.    PARTIAL WITHDRAWALS.  At any time any Holder shall be
     entitled to request a withdrawal of such portion of the Interest held by
     such Holder as such Holder shall request.

              6.2.    REDEMPTIONS.  At any time a Holder shall be entitled to
     request a Redemption of all of its Interest.  A Holder's Interest may be
     redeemed at any time during the Fiscal Year as provided in Section 6.3
     hereof by a cash distribution or, at the option of a Holder, by a
     distribution of a proportionate amount except for fractional shares of
     each Trust asset at the option of the Trust.  However, the Holder may be
     redeemed by a distribution of a proportionate amount of the Trust's assets
     only at the end of a Fiscal Year.  However, if the Holder has contributed
     any property to the Trust other than cash, if such property remains in the
     Trust at the time the Holder requests withdrawal, then such property will
     be sold by the Trust prior to the time at which the Holder withdraws from
     the Trust.

              6.3.    DISTRIBUTION IN KIND.  If a withdrawing Holder receives a
     distribution in kind of its proportionate part of Trust property, then
     unrealized income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to such property
     shall be allocated among the Holders as if there had been a disposition of
     the property on the date of distribution in compliance with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e).

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                     Liquidation
                                     ------------

              7.1.    LIQUIDATION PROCEDURE.  Subject to Section 7.4 hereof,
     upon dissolution of the Trust, the Trustees shall liquidate the assets of
     the Trust, apply and distribute the proceeds thereof as follows:

              (a) first to the payment of all debts and obligations of the
     Trust to third parties, including without limitation the retirement of
     outstanding debt, including any debt owed to Holders or their affiliates,
     and the expenses of liquidation, and to the setting up of any Reserves for
     contingencies which may be necessary; and



                                          9
<PAGE>






              (b) then in accordance with the Holders' positive Book Capital
     Account balances after adjusting Book Capital Accounts for allocations
     provided in Article V hereof and in accordance with the requirements
     described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2) (ii)(b)(2).

              7.2.    ALTERNATIVE LIQUIDATION PROCEDURE.  Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees shall determine that an immediate sale of part
     or all of the Trust assets would cause undue loss to the Holders, the
     Trustees, in order to avoid such loss, may, after having given
     notification to all the Holders, to the extent not then prohibited by the
     law of any jurisdiction in which the Trust is then formed or qualified and
     applicable in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of and withhold
     from distribution for a reasonable time any assets of the Trust except
     those necessary to satisfy the Trust's debts and obligations or distribute
     the Trust's assets to the Holders in liquidation.

              7.3.    CASH DISTRIBUTIONS UPON LIQUIDATION.  Except as provided
     in Section 7.2 hereof, amounts distributed in liquidation of the Trust
     shall be paid solely in cash.

              7.4.    TREATMENT OF NEGATIVE BOOK CAPITAL ACCOUNT BALANCE.  If a
     Holder has a negative balance in its Book Capital Account following the
     liquidation of its Interest, as determined after taking into account all
     capital account adjustments for the Fiscal Year during which the
     liquidation occurs, then such Holder shall restore the amount of such
     negative balance to the Trust by the later of the end of the Fiscal Year
     or 90 days after the date of such liquidation so as to comply with the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3). 
     Such amount shall, upon liquidation, be paid to creditors of the Trust or
     distributed to other Holders in accordance with their positive Book
     Capital Account balances.






















                                          10
<PAGE>









                                     May 1, 1995




     High Yield Municipals Portfolio
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110


     Ladies and Gentlemen:


              With respect to our purchase from you, at the purchase price of
     $100,000, of an interest (an "Initial Interest") in High Yield Municipals
     Portfolio (the "Portfolio"), we hereby advise you that we are purchasing
     such Initial Interest for investment purposes without any present
     intention of redeeming or reselling.

              The amount paid by the Portfolio on any withdrawal by us of any
     portion of such Initial Interest will be reduced by a portion of any
     unamortized organization expenses, determined by the proportion of the
     amount of such Initial Interest withdrawn to the aggregate Initial
     Interests of all holders of similar Initial Interests then outstanding
     after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any such Initial
     Interest.


                                       Very truly yours,


                                       BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH


                                       By: /s/ William M. Steul
                                           --------------------------
                                                Vice President
<PAGE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission